1 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
COMMUNITY PARK 42 – PROJECT NO. 122061
1. Parties and Date.
This Contract is made and entered into this ________________ day of ___________, ____________ by and between the City of Merced, a public agency of the State of California (“City”) and American Paving Co., a California Corporation with its principal place of business at 525 W.
Alluvial Ave, Fresno, CA 93711 (“Contractor”). Ci ty and Contractor are sometimes individually referred to as “Party” and collectively as “Parties” in this Contract.
2. Recitals.
2.1 City. City is a public agency organized under the laws of the State of California, with power to contract for services necessary to achieve its purpose.
2.2 Contractor. Contractor desires to perform and assume responsibility for the provision of certain construction services required by the City on the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract. Contractor represents that it is duly licensed and experienced in providing services such as construction of two (2) soccer/football fields, two (2) volleyball courts, two (2) tennis courts, a futsal court, a concession/restroom building, an additional restroom building, shade structures, and other utilities and appurtenances. The following license classifications are required for this Project: Class A
2.3 Project. City desires to engage Contractor to render such services for the Community Park 42 – Project No. 122061 as set forth in this Contract.
2.4 Project Documents & Certifications. Contractor has obtained, and delivers concurrently herewith, a performance bond, a payment bond, and all insurance documentation, as required by the Contract.
3. Terms
3.1 Incorporation of Documents. This Contract includes and hereby incorporates in full by reference the following documents, includi ng all exhibits, drawings, specifications and documents therein, and attachments and addenda thereto:
x Services/Schedule (Exhibit “A”)
x Plans and Specifications (Exhibit “B”)
x Special Conditions (Exhibit “C”)
x Contractor’s Certificate Regarding Wo rkers’ Compensation (Exhibit “D”) x Public Works Contractor Registration Certification (Exhibit “E”) x Payment and Performance Bonds (Exhibit “F”)
x Addenda
x Change Orders executed by the City
2 x Latest Edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Green Book), Excluding Sections 1-9
x Notice Inviting Bids, if any
x Instructions to Bidders, if any
x Contractor’s Bid
3.2 Contractor’s Basic Obligation; Scope of Work. Contractor promises and agrees, at its own cost and expense, to furnish to the City all labor, materials, tools, equipment, services, and incidental and customary work necessary to fully and adequately complete the Project, including all structures and facilities necessary for the Proj ect or described in the Contract (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Work”), for a Total Contract Price as specified pursuant to this Contract. All Work shall be subject to, and performed in accordance with the above referenced documents, as well as the exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The plans and specifications for the Work are further described in Exhibit “B” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. Special Conditions, if any, relating to the Work are described in Exhibit “C” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.
3.2.1 Change in Scope of Work. Any change in the scope of the Work, method of performance, nature of materials or price thereof, or any other matter materially affecting the performance or nature of the Work shall not be paid for or accepted unless such change, addition or deletion is approved in writing by a valid change order executed by the City. Should Contractor request a change order due to unforeseen circumstances affecting the performance of the Work, such request shall be made within five (5) business days of the date such circumstances are discovered or shall waive its right to request a change order due to such circumstances. If the Parties cannot agree on any change in price required by such change in the Work, the City may direct the Contractor to proceed with the performance of the change on a time and materials basis.
3.2.2 Substitutions/“Or Equal”. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 3400(b), the City may make a finding that designates certain products, things, or services by specific brand or trade name. Unless specifically designated in this Contract, whenever any material, process, or article is indicated or specified by grade, patent, or proprietary name or by name of manufacturer, such Specifications shall be deemed to be used for the purpose of facilitating the description of the material, process or article desired and shall be deemed to be followed by the words “or equal.”
Contractor may, unless otherwise stated, offer for substitution any material, process or article which shall be substantially equal or better in every respect to that so indicated or specified in this Contract. However, the City may have adopted certain uniform standards for certain materials, processes and articles. Contractor shall submit requests, together with substantiating data, for substitution of any “or equal” material, process or article no later than thirty-five (35) days after award of the Contract. To facilitate the construction schedule and sequencing, some requests may need to be submitted before thirty-five (35) days after award of Contract. Provisions regarding submission of “or equal” requests shall not in any way authorize an extension of time for performance of this Contract. If a proposed “or equal ” substitution request is rejected, Contractor shall be responsible for providing the specified material, process or article. The burden of proof as to the equality of any material, process or article shall rest with Contractor.
The City has the complete and sole discretion to determine if a material, process or article is an “or equal” material, process or article that may be substituted. Data required to substantiate requests for substitutions of an “or equal” material, process or article data shall include a signed affidavit from Contractor stating that, and describing how, the substituted “or equal”
3 material, process or article is equivalent to that specified in every way except as listed on the affidavit. Substantiating data shall include any and all illustrations, specifications, and other relevant data including catalog information which describes the requested substituted “or equal” material, process or article, and substantiates that it is an “or equal” to the material, process or article. The substantiating data must also include information regarding the durability and lifecycle cost of the requested substituted “or equal” material, process or article. Failure to submit all the required substantiating data, including the signed affidavit, to t he City in a timely fashion will result in the rejection of the proposed substitution.
Contractor shall bear all of the City’s costs associated with the review of substitution requests. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs related to a substituted “or equal” material, process or article. Contractor is directed to the Special Conditions (if any) to review any findings made pursuant to Public Contract Code section 3400.
3.3 Period of Performance and Liquidated Damages. Contractor shall perform and complete all Work under this Contract within 180 working days, beginning the effective date of the Notice to Proceed (“Contract Time”). Contractor shall perform its Work in strict accordance with any completion schedule, construction schedule or project milestones developed by the City. Such schedules or milestones may be included as part of Exhibits “A” or “B” attached hereto or may be provided separately in writing to Contractor. Contractor agrees that if such Work is not completed within the aforementioned Contract Time and/or pursuant to any such completion schedule, construction schedule or project milestones developed pursuant to provisions of the Contract, it is understood, acknowledged and agreed that the City will suffer damage. Pursuant to Government Code Section 53069.85, Contractor shall pay to the City as fixed and liquidated damages the sum of $4,800 per day for each and every calendar day of delay beyond the Contract Time or beyond any completion schedule, construction schedule or Project milestones established pursuant to the Contract.
3.4 Standard of Performance; Performance of Employees. Contractor shall perform all Work under this Contract in a skillful and workmanlike manner, and consistent with the standards generally recognized as being employed by profes sionals in the same discipline in the State of California. Contractor represents and maintains that it is skilled in the professional calling necessary to perform the Work. Contractor warrants that all employees and subcontractors shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform the Work assigned to them. Finally, Contractor represents that it, its employees and subcontractors have all licenses, permits, qualifications and approvals of whatever nature that are legally required to perf orm the Work, including any required business license, and that such licenses and approvals shall be maintained throughout the term of this Contract. As provided for in the indemnification provisions of this Contract, Contractor shall perform, at its own cost and expense and without reimbursement from the City, any work necessary to correct errors or omissions which are caused by Contractor’s failure to comply with the standard of care provided for herein. Any employee who is determined by the City to be uncooperative, incompetent, a threat to the safety of persons or the Work, or any employee who fails or refuses to perform the Work in a manner acceptable to the City, shall be promptly removed from the Project by Contractor and shall not be re-employed on the Work.
3.5 Control and Payment of Subordinates; Contractual Relationship. City retains Contractor on an independent contractor basis and Contractor is not an employee of City. Any additional personnel performing the work governed by this Contract on behalf of Contractor shall at all times be under Contractor’s exclusive direction and control. Contractor shall pay all wages, salaries, and other amounts due such personnel in connection with their performance under this Contract and as required by law. Contractor shall be responsible for all reports and obligations
4 respecting such additional personnel, including, but not limited to: social security taxes, income tax withholding, unemployment insurance, and workers’ compensation insurance.
3.6 City’s Basic Obligation. City agrees to engage and does hereby engage Contractor as an independent contractor to furnish all materials and to perform all Work according to the terms and conditions herein contained for the sum set forth above. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the City shall pay to Contractor, as full consideration for the satisfactory performance by Contractor of the services and obligations required by this Contract, the below-referenced compensation in accordance with compensation provisions set forth in the Contract.
3.7 Compensation and Payment.
3.7.1 Amount of Compensation. As consideration for performance of the Work required herein, City agrees to pay Contractor the Total Contract Price of Five Million Eight Hundred Thousand Five Hundred Eighty Dollars Seventy Cents ($5,800,580.70) (“Total Contract Price”) provided that such amount shall be subject to adjus tment pursuant to the applicable terms of this Contract or written change orders approved and signed in advance by the City.
3.7.2 Payment of Compensation. If the Work is scheduled for completion in thirty (30) or less calendar days, City will arrange for payment of the Total Contract Price upon completion and approval by City of the Work. If the Work is scheduled for completion in more than thirty (30) calendar days, City will pay Contractor on a monthly basis as provided for herein. On or before the fifth (5th) day of each month, Contractor shall submit to the City an itemized application for payment in the format supplied by the City indicating the amount of Work completed since commencement of the Work or since the last progress payment. These applications shall be supported by evidence which is required by this Contract and such other documentation as the City may require. The Contractor shall certify that the Work for which payment is requested has been done and that the materials listed are stored where indicated. Contractor may be required to furnish a detailed schedule of values upon request of the City and in such detail and form as the City shall request, showing the quantities, unit prices, overhead, profit, and all other expenses involved in order to provide a basis for determining the amount of progress payments.
3.7.3 Prompt Payment. City shall review and pay all progress payment requests in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 20104.50 of the California Public Contract Code. However, no progress payments will be made for Work not completed in accordance with this Contract. Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations relating to the proper payment of its employees, subcontractors, suppliers, or others.
3.7.4 Contract Retentions. From each approved progress estimate, five percent (5%) will be deducted and retained by the City, and the remainder will be paid to Contractor. All Contract retention shall be released and paid to Contractor and subcontractors pursuant to California Public Contract Code Section 7107.
3.7.5 Other Retentions. In addition to Contract retentions, the City may deduct from each progress payment an amount necessary to protect City from loss because of: (1) liquidated damages which have accrued as of the date of the application for payment; (2) any sums expended by the City in performing any of Contra ctor’s obligations under the Contract which Contractor has failed to perform or has performed inadequately; (3) defective Work not remedied; (4) stop notices as allowed by state law; (5) reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Total Contract Price or within the scheduled completion date; (6) unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by Contractor; (7) unauthorized deviations from the Contract;
5 (8) failure of Contractor to maintain or submit on a timely basis proper and sufficient documentation as required by the Contract or by City during the prosecution of the Work; (9) erroneous or false estimates by Contractor of the value of the Work performed; (10) any sums representing expenses, losses, or damages as determined by the City, incurred by the City for which Contractor is liable under the Contract; and (11) any other sums which the City is entitled to recover from Contractor under the terms of the Contract or pursuant to state law, including Section 1727 of the California Labor Code. The failure by the City to deduct any of these sums from a progress payment shall not constitute a waiver of the City’s right to such sums.
3.7.6 Substitutions for Contract Retentions. In accordance with California Public Contract Code Section 22300, the City will permit the substitution of securities for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance under the Contract. At the request and expense of Contractor, securities equivalent to the amount withheld shall be deposited with the City, or with a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent, and thereafter the City shall then pay such monies to Contractor as they come due. Upon satisfactory completion of the Contract, the securities shall be returned to Contractor. For purposes of this Section and Section 22300 of the Public Contract Code, the term “satisfactory completion of the contract” shall mean the time the City has issued written final acceptance of the Work and filed a Notice of Completion as required by law and provisions of this Contract. Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for monies withheld and shall receive any interest thereon. The escrow agreement used for the purposes of this Section shall be in the form provided by the City.
3.7.7 Title to Work. As security for partial, progress, or other payments, title to Work for which such payments are made shall pass to the City at the time of payment. To the extent that title has not previously been vested in the City by reason of payments, full title shall pass to the City at delivery of the Work at the destination and time specified in this Contract. Such transferred title shall in each case be good, free and clear from any and all security interests, liens, or other encumbrances. Contractor promises and agrees that it will not pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise encumber the items in any manner that would result in any lien, security interest, charge, or claim upon or against said items. Such transfer of title shall not imply acceptance by the City, nor relieve Contractor from the responsibility to strictly comply with the Contract and shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for any loss of or damage to items.
3.7.8 Labor and Material Releases. Contra ctor shall furnish City with labor and material releases from all subcontractors performing work on, or furnishing materials for, the Work governed by this Contract prior to final payment by City.
3.7.9 Prevailing Wages. Contractor is aware of the requirements of California Labor Code Section 1720 et seq., and 1770 et seq., as well as California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 16000 et seq., (“Prevailing Wage Laws”), which require the payment of prevailing wage rates and the performance of other requirements on “public works” and “maintenance” projects.
Since the Services are being performed as part of an applicable “public works” or “maintenance” project, as defined by the Prevailing Wage Laws, and since the total compensation is $1,000 or more, Contractor agrees to fully comply with such Prevailing Wage Laws. City shall provide Contractor with a copy of the prevailing rates of per diem wages in effect at the commencement of this Contract upon request. Contractor shall make copies of the prevailing rates of per diem wages for each craft, classification or type of worker needed to execute the Services available to interested parties upon request and shall post copies at Contra ctor’s principal place of business and at the project site. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the City, its officials, officers, employees and agents free and harmless from any claim or liability arising out of any failure or alleged failure to comply with the Prevailing Wage Laws. Contractor and any subcontractor shall forfeit a penalty
6 of up to $200 per calendar day or portion thereof for each worker paid less than the prevailing wage rates.
3.7.10 Apprenticeable Crafts. When Contractor employs workmen in an apprenticeable craft or trade, Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Section 1777.5 of the California Labor Code with respect to the employment of properly registered apprentices upon public works. The primary responsibility for compliance with said section for all apprenticeable occupations shall be with Contractor. The Contractor or any subcontractor that is determined by the Labor Commissioner to have knowingly violated Sect ion 1777.5 shall forfeit as a civil penalty an amount not exceeding $100 for each full calendar day of noncompliance, or such greater amount as provided by law.
3.7.11 Hours of Work. Contractor is advised that eight (8) hours labor constitutes a legal day’s work. Pursuant to Section 1813 of the California Labor Code, Contractor shall forfeit a penalty of $25.00 per worker for each day that each worker is permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week, except when payment for overtime is made at not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) times the basic rate for that worker.
3.7.12 Payroll Records. Contractor and each subcontractor shall keep an accurate payroll record, showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by him or her in connection with the public work. The payroll records shall be certified and shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of Contractor in the manner provided in Labor Code section 1776. In the event of noncompliance with the requirements of th is section, Contractor shall have 10 days in which to comply subsequent to receipt of written notice specifying in what respects such Contractor must comply with this section. Should noncompliance still be evident after such 10-day period, Contractor shall, as a penalty to City, forfeit not more than $100.00 for each calendar day or portion thereof, for each worker, until strict compliance is effectuated. The amount of the forfeiture is to be determined by the Labor Commissioner. A contractor who is found to have violated the provisions of law regarding wages on Public Works with the intent to defraud shall be ineligible to bid on Public Works contracts for a period of one to three years as determined by the Labor Commissioner. Upon the request of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, such penalties shall be withheld from progress payments then due. The responsibility for compliance with this section is on Contractor. The requirement to submit certified payroll records directly to the Labor Commissioner under Labor Code section 1771.4 shall not apply to work performed on a public works project that is exempt pursuant to the small project exemption specified in Labor Code Section 1771.4.
3.7.13 Contractor and Subcontractor Registration. Pursuant to Labor Code sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, all contractors and subcontractors that wish to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, or enter into a contract to perform public work must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations. No bid will be accepted nor any contract entered into without proof of the contractor’s and subcontractors’ current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations to perform public work. Contractor is directed to review, fill out and execute the Public Works Contractor Registration
7 Certification attached hereto as Exhibit “E” prior to contract execution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the contractor registration requirements mandated by Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1 shall not apply to work performed on a public wo rks project that is exempt pursuant to the small project exemption specified in Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1.
3.7.14 Labor Compliance; Stop Orders. Th is Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. It shall be the Contractor’s sole responsibility to evaluate and pay the cost of complying with all labor compliance requirements under this Contract and applicable law. Any stop orders issued by the Department of Industrial Relations against Contractor or any subcontractor that affect Contractor’s performance of Work, including any delay, shall be Contractor’s sole responsibility. Any delay arising out of or resulting from such stop orders shall be considered Contra ctor caused delay subject to any applicable liquidated damages and shall not be compensable by the City. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the City, its officials, officers, employees and agents free and harmless from any claim or liability arising out of stop orders issued by the Department of Industrial Relations against Contractor or any subcontractor.
3.8 Performance of Work; Jobsite Obligations.
3.8.1 Water Quality Management and Compliance.
3.8.1.1 Water Quality Management and Compliance. Contractor shall keep itself and all subcontractors, staff, and employees fully informed of and in compliance with all local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations that may impact, or be implicated by the performance of the Work including, without limitation, all applicable provisions of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. §§ 1300); the California Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (Cal Water Code §§ 13000-14950); local ordinances regulating discharges of storm water; and any and all regulations, policies, or permits issued pursuant to any such authority regulating the discharge of pollutants, as that term is used in the Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act, to any ground or surface water in the State.
3.8.1.2 Compliance with the Statewide Construction General Permit.
Contractor shall comply with all conditions of the most recent iteration of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity, issued by the California State Water Resources Control Board (“Permit”). It shall be Contractor’s sole responsibility to file a Notice of Intent and procure coverage under the Permit for all construction activity which results in the disturbance of more than one acre of total land area or which is part of a larger common area of development or sale. Prior to initiating work, Contractor shall be solely responsible for preparing and implementing a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by the Permit. Contractor shall be responsible for procuring, implementing and complying with the provisions of the Permit and the SWPPP, including the standard provisions, and monitoring and reporting requirements as required by the Permit. The Permit requires the SWPPP to be a “living docu ment” that changes as necessary to meet the conditions and requirements of the job site as it progresses through difference phases of construction and is subject to different weather conditions. It shall be Contractor’s sole responsibility to update the SWPPP as necessary to address conditions at the project site.
3.8.1.3 Other Water Quality Rules Regulations and Policies.
Contractor shall comply with the lawful requirements of any applicable municipality, drainage City, or local agency regarding discharges of storm water to separate storm drain systems or other
8 watercourses under their jurisdiction, including applicable requirements in municipal storm water management programs.
3.8.1.4 Cost of Compliance. Storm, surface, nuisance, or other waters may be encountered at various times during construction of The Work. Therefore, the Contractor, by submitting a Bid, hereby acknowledges that it has investigated the risk arising from such waters, has prepared its Bid accordingly, and assumes any and all risks and liabilities arising therefrom.
3.8.1.5 Liability for Non-Compliance. Failure to comply with the Permit is a violation of federal and state law. Pursuant to the indemnification provisions of this Contract, Contractor hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City and its officials, officers, employees, volunteers and agents for any alleged violations. In addition, City may seek damages from Contractor for any delay in completing the Work in accordance with the Contract, if such delay is caused by or related to Contractor’s failure to comply with the Permit.
3.8.1.6 Reservation of Right to Defend. City reserves the right to defend any enforcement action brought against the City for Contractor’s failure to comply with the Permit or any other relevant water quality law, regulation, or policy. Pursuant to the indemnification provisions of this Contract, Contractor hereby agrees to be bound by, and to reimburse the City for the costs (including the City’s attorney’s fees) associated with, any settlement reached between the City and the relevant enforcement entity.
3.8.1.7 Training. In addition to the standard of performance requirements set forth in paragraph 3.4, Contractor warrants that all employees and subcontractors shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform the Work assigned to them without impacting water quality in violation of the laws, regulations and policies described in paragraph 3.8.1.
Contractor further warrants that it, its employees and subcontractors will receive adequate training, as determined by City, regarding the requirements of the laws, regulations and policies described in paragraph 3.8.1 as they may relate to the Work provided under this Agreement. Upon request, City will provide the Contractor with a list of training programs that meet the requirements of this paragraph.
3.8.2 Safety. Contractor shall execute and maintain its work so as to avoid injury or damage to any person or property. Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the specifications relating to safety measures applicable in particular operations or kinds of work. In carrying out its Work, Contractor shall at all times be in compliance with all applicable local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations, and shall exercise all necessary precautions for the safety of employees appropriate to the nature of the Work and the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. Safety precautions as applicable shall include, but shall not be limited to, adequate life protection and lifesaving equipment; adequate illumination for underground and night operations; instructions in accident prevention for all employees, such as machinery guards, safe walkways, scaffolds, ladders, bridges, gang planks, confined space procedures, trenching and shoring, fall protection and other safety devices, equipment and wearing apparel as are necessary or lawfully required to prevent accidents or injuries; and adequate facilities for the proper inspection and maintenance of all safety measures. Furtherm ore, Contractor shall prominently display the names and telephone numbers of at least two medical doctors practicing in the vicinity of the Project, as well as the telephone number of the local ambulance service, adjacent to all telephones at the Project site.
3.8.3 Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall keep itself fully informed of and in
9 compliance with all local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations in any manner affecting the performance of the Contract or the Work, including all Cal/OSHA requirements, and shall give all notices required by law. Contractor shall be liable for all violations of such laws and regulations in connection with Work. If Contractor observes that the drawings or specifications are at variance with any law, rule or regulation, it shall promptly notify the City in writing. Any necessary changes shall be made by written change order. If Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, rules and regulations and without giving written notice to the City, Contractor shall be solely responsible for all costs arising therefrom. City is a public entity of the State of California subject to certain provisions of the Health & Safety Code, Government Code, Public Contract Code, and Labor Code of the State. It is stipulated and agreed that all provisions of the law applicable to the public contracts of a municipality are a part of this Contract to the same extent as though set forth herein and will be complied with. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold City, its officials, officers, employees and agents free and harmless, pursuant to the indemnification provisions of this Contract, from any claim or liability arising out of any failure or alleged failure to comply with such laws, rules or regulations.
3.8.4 Permits and Licenses. Contractor shall be responsible for securing City permits and licenses necessary to perform the Work described herein, including, but not limited to, any required business license. While Contractor w ill not be charged a fee for any City permits, Contractor shall pay the City’s business license fee, if any. Any ineligible contractor or subcontractor pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1777.1 and 1777.7 may not perform work on this Project.
3.8.5 Trenching Work. If the Total Contract Price exceeds $25,000 and if the Work governed by this Contract entails excavation of any trench or trenches five (5) feet or more in depth, Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of the California Labor Code, including Section 6705. To this end, Contractor shall submit for City’s review and approval a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other pr ovisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench or trenches. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer.
3.8.6 Hazardous Materials and Differing Conditions. As required by California Public Contract Code Section 7104, if this Contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four (4) feet below the surface, Contractor shall promptly, and prior to disturbance of any conditions, notify City of: (1) any material discovered in excavation that Contractor believes to be a hazardous waste that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II or Class III disposal site; (2) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated by City; and (3) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature at the site, significantly different from those ordinarily encountered in such contract work. Upon notification, City shall promptly investigate the conditions to determine whether a change order is appropriate. In the event of a dispute, Contractor shall not be excu sed from any scheduled completion date and shall proceed with all Work to be performed under the Contract, but shall retain all rights provided by the Contract or by law for making protests and resolving the dispute.
3.8.7 Underground Utility Facilities. To the extent required by Section 4215 of the California Government Code, City shall compensate Contractor for the costs of: (1) locating and repairing damage to underground utility facilities not caused by the failure of Contractor to exercise reasonable care; (2) removing or relocating underground utility facilities not indicated in the construction drawings; and (3) equipment necessarily idled during such work. Contractor shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delay caused by failure of City to provide for removal or
10 relocation of such utility facilities.
3.8.8 Air Quality. Contractor must fully comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations in furnishing or using equipment and/or providing services, including, but not limited to, emissions limits and permitting requirements im posed by the California Air Resources Board (CARB). Although CARB limits and requirements are more broad, Contractor shall specifically be aware of their application to "portable equipment", which definition is considered by CARB to include any item of equipment with a fuel-powered engine. Contractor shall indemnify City against any fines or penalties imposed by CARB, or any other governmental or regulatory agency for violations of applicable laws, rules and/or regulations by Contractor, its subcontractors, or others for whom Contractor is responsible under its indemnity obligations provided for in this Agreement.
3.8.9 State Recycling Mandates. Contractor shall comply with State Recycling Mandates. Any recyclable materials/debris collected by the contractor that can be feasibly diverted via reuse or recycling must be hauled by the appropriate handler for reuse or recycling.
3.9 Completion of Work. When Contractor determines that it has completed the Work required herein, Contractor shall so notify City in writing and shall furnish all labor and material releases required by this Contract. City shal l thereupon inspect the Work. If the Work is not acceptable to the City, the City shall indicate to C ontractor in writing the specific portions or items of Work which are unsatisfactory or incomplete. Once Contractor determines that it has completed the incomplete or unsatisfactory Work, Contractor may request a reinspection by the City. Once the Work is acceptable to City, City shall pay to Contractor the Total Contract Price remaining to be paid, less any amount which City may be authorized or directed by law to retain. Payment of retention proceeds due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with Section 7107 of the California Public Contract Code.
3.10 Claims; Government Code Claim Compliance.
3.10.1 Intent. Effective January 1, 1991, Section 20104 et seq., of the California Public Contract Code prescribes a process utilizing informal conferences, non-binding judicial supervised mediation, and judicial arbitration to resolve disputes on construction claims of $375,000 or less. Effective January 1, 2017, Section 9204 of the Public Contract Code prescribes a process for negotiation and mediation to resolve disputes on construction claims. The intent of this Section is to implement Sections 20104 et seq. and Section 9204 of the California Public Contract Code.
This Section shall be construed to be consistent with said statutes.
3.10.2 Claims. For purposes of this Section, “Claim” means a separate demand by the Contractor, after a change order duly requested in accordance with the terms of this Contract has been denied by the City, for (A) a time extens ion, (B) payment of money or damages arising from Work done by or on behalf of the Contractor pursuant to the Contract, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the City. Claims governed by this Section may not be filed unless and until the Contractor completes all procedures for giving notice of delay or change and for the requesting of a time extension or change order, including but not necessarily limited to the change order procedures contained herein, and Contractor’s request for a change has been denied in whole or in part. Claims governed by this Section must be filed no later than fourteen (14) days after a request for change has been denied in whole or in part or after any other event giving rise to the Claim. The Claim shall be submitted in writing to the City and shall include on its first page the following in 16 point capital font: “THIS IS A CLAIM.” Furthermore, the claim shall include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Nothing in this Section is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims,
11 including all requirements pertaining to compensation or payment for extra Work, disputed Work, and/or changed conditions. Failure to follow such contractual requirements shall bar any claims or subsequent lawsuits for compensation or payment thereon.
3.10.3 Supporting Documentation. The Contractor shall submit all claims in the following format:
3.10.3.1 Summary of claim merit and price, reference Contract Document provisions pursuant to which the claim is made
3.10.3.2 List of documents relating to claim:
(A) Specifications
(B) Drawings
(C) Clarifications (Requests for Information)
(D) Schedules
(E) Other
3.10.3.3 Chronology of events and correspondence
3.10.3.4 Analysis of claim merit
3.10.3.5 Analysis of claim cost
3.10.3.6 Time impact analysis in CPM format
3.10.3.7 If Contractor’s claim is based in whole or in part on an allegation of errors or omissions in the Drawings or Specifications for the Project, Contractor shall provide a summary of the percentage of the claim su bject to design errors or omissions and shall obtain a certificate of merit in support of the claim of design errors and omissions.
3.10.3.8 Cover letter and certification of validity of the claim, including any claims from subcontractors of any tier, in accordance with Government Code section 12650 et seq.
3.10.4 City’s Response. Upon receipt of a claim pursuant to this Section, City shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the Contractor a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim will be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement.
3.10.4.1 If City needs approval from its governing body to provide the Contractor a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the claim, and the governing body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, City shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the Contractor a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion.
12 3.10.4.2 Within 30 days of receipt of a claim, City may request in writing additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses or claims City may have against the Contractor. If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of City and the Contractor.
3.10.4.3 City’s written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the Contractor within 30 days (if the claim is less than $50,000, within 15 days) after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the Contractor in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater.
3.10.5 Meet and Confer. If the Contractor disputes City’s written response, or City fails to respond within the time prescribed, the Contractor may so notify City, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of City’s response or within 15 days of City’s failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand, City shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.
3.10.6 Mediation. Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, City shall provide the Contractor a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after City issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the Contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with City and the Contractor sharing the associated co sts equally. City and Contractor shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing, unless the parties agree to select a mediator at a later time.
3.10.6.1 If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each Party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each Party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator.
3.10.6.2 For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the Parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section.
3.10.6.3 Unless otherwise agreed to by City and the Contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced.
3.10.6.4 The mediation shall be held no earlier than the date the Contractor completes the Work or the date that the Contractor last performs Work, whichever is earlier. All unresolved claims shall be considered jointly in a single mediation, unless a new unrelated claim arises after mediation is completed.
3.10.7 Procedures After Mediation. If following the mediation, the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the Contractor must file a claim pursuant to Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of
13 the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the Contractor submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time the claim is denied, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer conference or mediation.
3.10.8 Civil Actions. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject to this Section:
3.10.8.1 Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties or unless mediation was held prior to commencement of the action in accordance with Public Contract Code section 9204 and the terms of these procedures..
The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court.
3.10.8.2 If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1114.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil Procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under this subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration.
3.10.8.3 In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, (A) arbitrators shall, when possible, be experienced in construction law, and (B) any party appealing an arbitration award who does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, also pay the attorney’s fees on appeal of the other party.
3.10.9 Government Code Claims. In addition to any and all contract requirements pertaining to notices of and requests for compensation or payment for extra work, disputed work, claims and/or changed conditions, Contractor must comply with the claim procedures set forth in Government Code sections 900 et seq. prior to filing any lawsuit against the City. Such Government Code claims and any subsequent lawsuit based upon the Government Code claims shall be limited to those matters that remain unresolved after all procedures pertaining to extra work, disputed work, claims, and/or changed conditions have been followed by Contractor. If no such Government Code claim is submitted, or if any prerequisite contractual requirements are not otherwise satisfied as specified herein, Contractor shall be barred from bringing and maintaining a valid lawsuit against the City. A Government Code claim must be filed no earlier than the date the work is completed or the date the Contractor last performs work on the Project, whichever occurs first. A Government Code claim shall be inclusive of all unresolved claims unless a new unrelated claim arises after the Government Code claim is submitted.
3.10.10 Non-Waiver. City’s failure to respond to a claim from the Contractor within the time periods described in this Section or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this Section shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. City’s failure to respond shall not waive City’s rights to any subsequent procedures for the resolution of disputed claims.
3.11 Loss and Damage. Except as may otherwise be limited by law, Contractor shall be responsible for all loss and damage which may arise out of the nature of the Work agreed to herein,
14 or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may arise or be encountered in the prosecution of the Work until the same is fully completed and accepted by City.
3.12 Indemnification.
3.12.1 Scope of Indemnity . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers free and harmless from any and all claims, demands, causes of action, suits, actions, proceedings, costs, expenses, liability, judgments, awards, decr ees, settlements, loss, damage or injury of any kind, in law or equity, to property or persons, including wrongful death, (collectively, “Claims”) in any manner arising out of, pertaining to, or incident to any alleged acts, errors or omissions, or willful misconduct of Contractor, its officials, officers, employees, subcontractors, consultants or agents in connection with the performance of the Contract or’s services, the Project or this Agreement, including without limitation the payment of al l consequential damages, expert witness fees and attorneys’ fees and other related costs and expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required by Civil Code section 2782, Contractor’s indemnity obligation shall not apply to liability for damages for death or bodily injury to persons, injury to property, or any other loss, damage or expense arising from the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City or the City’s agents, servants, or independent contractors who are directly responsible to the City, or for defects in design furnished by those persons.
3.12.2 Additional Indemnity Obligations . Contractor shall defend, with counsel of City’s choosing and at Contractor's own cost, expense and risk, any and all Claims covered by this section that may be brought or instituted against City or its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers. In addition, Contractor shall pay and satisfy any judgment, award or decree that may be rendered against City or its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers as part of any such claim, suit, acti on or other proceeding. Contractor shall also reimburse City for the cost of any settlement paid by City or its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers as part of any such claim, suit, action or other proceeding. Such reimbursement shall include payment for City's attorney's fees and costs, including expert witness fees. Contractor shall reimburse City and it s officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers, for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by each of them in connection therewith or in enforcing the indemnity herein provided. Contractor's obligation to indemnify shall not be restricted to insurance proceeds, if any, received by the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers.
3.13 Insurance.
3.13.1 Time for Compliance. Contractor shall not commence Work under this Contract until it has provided evidence satisfactory to the City that it has secured all insurance required under this section. In addition, Contractor shall not allow any subcontractor to commence work on any subcontract until it has provided evidence satisfactory to the City that the subcontractor has secured all insurance required under this section. Failure to provide and maintain all required insurance shall be grounds for the City to terminate this Contract for cause.
3.13.2 Minimum Requirements. Contractor shall, at its expense, procure and maintain for the duration of the Contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the Work hereunder by Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Contractor shall also require all of its subcontractors to procure and maintain the same insurance for the duration of the Contract. Such insurance shall meet at least the following minimum levels of
15 coverage:
3.13.2.1 Minimum Scope of Insurance. Coverage shall be at least as broad as the latest version of the following: (1) General Liability: Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage (occurrence form CG 00 01) OR Insurance Services Office Owners and Contractors Protective Liability Coverage Form (CG 00 09 11 88) (coverage for operations of designated contractor); (2) Automobile Liability: Insurance Services Office Business Auto Coverage form number CA 00 01, code 1 (any auto); and (3) Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability: Workers’ Compensation insurance as required by the State of California and Employer’s Liability Insurance. Policies shall not contain exclusions contrary to this Contract.
3.13.2.2 Minimum Limits of Insurance. Contractor shall maintain limits no less than: (1) General Liability: $5,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage; (2) Automobile Liability: $5,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage; and (3) Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability:
Workers’ compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California. Employer’s Liability limits of $1,000,000 each accident, policy limit bodily injury or disease, and each employee bodily injury or disease. Defense costs shall be available in addition to the limits. Notwithstanding the minimum limits specified herein, any available coverage shall be provided to the parties required to be named as additional insureds pursuant to this Contract.
3.13.3 Insurance Endorsements. The insurance policies shall contain the following provisions, or Contractor shall provide endorsements (amendments) on forms supplied or approved by the City to add the following provisions to the insurance policies:
3.13.3.1 General Liability. (1) Such policy shall give the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers additional insured status using ISO endorsements CG20 10 10 01 plus CG20 37 10 01, or endorsements providing the exact same coverage, with respect to the Work or operations performed by or on behalf of Contractor, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work; (2) all policies shall waive or shall permit Contractor to waive all rights of subrogation which may be obtained by the Contractor or any insurer by virtue of payment of any loss or any coverage provided to any person named as an additional insured pursuant to this Contract, and Contractor agrees to waive all such rights of subrogation; and (3) the insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteer s, or if excess, shall stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of Contractor’s scheduled underlying coverage. Any insurance or self- insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers shall be excess of Contractor’s insurance and shall not be called upon to contribute with it.
3.13.3.2 Automobile Liability. (1) Such policy shall give the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers additional insured status with respect to the ownership, operation, maintenance, use, loading or unloading of any auto owned, leased, hired or borrowed by Contractor or for which Contractor is responsible; (2) all policies shall waive or shall permit Contractor to waive all rights of subrogation which may be obtained by the Contractor or any insurer by virtue of payment of any loss or any coverage provided to any person named as an additional insured pursuant to this Contract, and Contractor agrees to waive all such rights of subrogation; and (3) the insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers, or if excess, shall stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of Contractor’s scheduled underlying coverage. Any insurance or self- insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers shall be excess of Contractor’s insurance and shall not be called upon to contribute with it in any way.
16 3.13.3.3 Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Coverage.
The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogat ion against the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers for losses paid unde r the terms of the insurance policy which arise from work performed by Contractor.
3.13.3.4 All Coverages. Each insurance policy required by this Contract shall be endorsed to state that: (1) coverage shall not be suspended, voided, reduced or canceled except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City; and (2) any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policies, including breaches of warranties, shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers.
3.13.4 Separation of Insureds; No Special Limitations. All insurance required by this Section shall contain standard separation of insureds provisions. In addition, such insurance shall not contain any special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers.
3.13.5 Deductibles and Self-Insurance Retentions. Any deductibles or self- insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the City. Contractor shall guarantee that, at the option of the City, either: (1) the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self- insured retentions as respects the City, its o fficials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers; or (2) the Contractor shall procure a bond or other financial guarantee acceptable to the City guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation costs, claims and administrative and defense expenses.
3.13.6 Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best’s rating no less than A:VII, licensed to do business in California, and satisfactory to the City. Exception may be made for the State Compensation Insurance Fund when not specifically rated.
3.13.7 Verification of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish City with original certificates of insurance and endorsements effecting coverage required by this Contract on forms satisfactory to the City. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy shall be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf, and shall be on forms supplied or approved by the City. All certificates and endorsements must be received and approved by the City before work commences. The City reserves th e right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time.
3.13.8 Subcontractors. All subcontractors shall meet the requirements of this Section before commencing Work. Contractor shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Subcontractor policies of General Liability insurance shall name the City, its officials, employees, agents and authorized volunteers as additional insureds using form ISO 20 38 04 13 or endorsements providing the exact same coverage. All coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein except as otherwise agreed to by the City in writing.
3.13.9 Reporting of Claims. Contractor shall report to the City, in addition to Contractor’s insurer, any and all insurance claims submitted by Contractor in connection with the Work under this Contract.
17 3.14 Bond Requirements.
3.14.1 Payment Bond. If required by law or otherwise specifically requested by City in Exhibit “C” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, Contractor shall execute and provide to City concurrently with this Contract a Payment Bond in an amount required by the City and in a form provided or approved by the City. If such bond is required, no payment will be made to Contractor until the bond has been received and approved by the City.
3.14.2 Performance Bond. If specifically re quested by City in Exhibit “C” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, C ontractor shall execute and provide to City concurrently with this Contract a Performance Bond in an amount required by the City and in a form provided or approved by the City. If such bond is required, no payment will be made to Contractor until the bond has been received and approved by the City.
3.14.3 Bond Provisions. Should, in City’s sole opinion, any bond become insufficient or any surety be found to be unsatisfactory, Contractor shall renew or replace the effected bond within (ten) 10 days of receiving notice from City. In the event the surety or Contractor intends to reduce or cancel any required bond, at least thirty (30) days prior written notice shall be given to the City, and Contractor shall post acc eptable replacement bonds at least ten (10) days prior to expiration of the original bonds. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under this Contract until any replacement bonds required by this Section are accepted by the City.
To the extent, if any, that the Total Contract Price is increased in accordance with the Contract, Contractor shall, upon request of the City, cause the amount of the bond to be increased accordingly and shall promptly deliver satisfactory evidence of such increase to the City. If Contractor fails to furnish any required bond, the City may terminate the Contract for cause.
3.14.4 Surety Qualifications. Only bonds executed by an admitted surety insurer, as defined in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120, shall be accepted. If a California- admitted surety insurer issuing bonds does not meet these requirements, the insurer will be considered qualified if it is in conformance with Section 995.660 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, and proof of such is provided to the City.
3.15 Warranty. Contractor warrants all Work under the Contract (which for purposes of this Section shall be deemed to include unauthorized work which has not been removed and any non-conforming materials incorporated into the Work ) to be of good quality and free from any defective or faulty material and workmanship. C ontractor agrees that for a period of one year (or the period of time specified elsewhere in the Contract or in any guarantee or warranty provided by any manufacturer or supplier of equipment or materials incorporated into the Work, whichever is later) after the date of final acceptance, Contractor shall within ten (10) days after being notified in writing by the City of any defect in the Work or non-conformance of the Work to the Contract, commence and prosecute with due diligence all Work necessary to fulfill the terms of the warranty at its sole cost and expense. Contractor shall act sooner as requested by the City in response to an emergency. In addition, Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair and replace any portions of the Work (or work of other contractors) damaged by its defective Work or which becomes damaged in the course of repairing or replacing defective Work. For any Work so corrected, Contractor’s obligation hereunder to correct defective Work shall be reinstated for an additional one year period, commencing with the date of acceptance of such corrected Work. Contractor shall perform such tests as the City may require to veri fy that any corrective actions, including, without limitation, redesign, repairs, and replacements comply with the requirements of the Contract. All costs associated with such corrective actions and testing, including the removal, replacement, and reinstitution of equipment and materials necessary to gain access, shall be the sole responsibility
18 of Contractor. All warranties and guarantees of subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers with respect to any portion of the Work, whether express or implied, are deemed to be obtained by Contractor for the benefit of the City, regardless of whether or not such warranties and guarantees have been transferred or assigned to the City by separate agreement and Contractor agrees to enforce such warranties and guarantees, if necessary, on behalf of the City. In the event that Contractor fails to perform its obligations under this Section, or under any other warranty or guaranty under this Contract, to the reasonable satisfaction of the City, the City shall have the right to correct and replace any defective or non-conforming Work and any work damaged by such work or the replacement or correction thereof at Contractor’s sole expense. Contractor shall be obligated to fully reimburse the City for any expenses incurred hereunder upon demand.
3.16 Employee/Labor Certifications.
3.16.1 Contractor’s Labor Certification. By its signature hereunder, Contractor certifies that he is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for Worker’s Compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work. A certification form for this purpose, which is attached to this Contract as Exhibit “D” and incorporated herein by reference, shall be executed simultaneously with this Contract.
3.16.2 Equal Opportunity Employment. Contractor represents that it is an equal opportunity employer and that it shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, age or other interests protected by the State or Federal Constitutions. Such non-discrimination shall include, but not be limited to, all activities related to initial employ ment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination.
3.16.3 Verification of Employment Eligibility. By executing this Contract, Contractor verifies that it fully complies with all requirements and restrictions of state and federal law respecting the employment of undocumented aliens, including, but not limited to, the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, as may be amended from time to time, and shall require all subcontractors and sub-subcontractors to comply with the same.
3.17 General Provisions.
3.17.1 City’s Representative. The City hereby designates the General Manager, or his or her designee, to act as its representative for the performance of this Contract (“City’s Representative”). City’s Representative shall have the power to act on behalf of the City for all purposes under this Contract. Contractor shall not accept direction or orders from any person other than the City’s Representative or his or her designee.
3.17.2 Contractor’s Representative. Before starting the Work, Contractor shall submit in writing the name, qualifications and experience of its proposed representative who shall EH VXEMHFW WR WKH UHYLHZ DQG DSSURYDO RI WKH &LW\ ³ƍ Contractor’s Representative”). Following
approval by the City, Contractor’s Representative shall have full authority to represent and act on behalf of Contractor for all purposes under this Contract. Contractor’s Representative shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best sk ill and attention, and shall be responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for the satisfactory coordination of all portions of the Work under this Contract. Contractor’s Representative shall devote full time to the Project and either he or his designee, who shall be acceptable to the City,
19 shall be present at the Work site at all times that any Work is in progress and at any time that any employee or subcontractor of Contractor is present at the Work site. Arrangements for responsible supervision, acceptable to the City, shall be made for emergency Work which may be required.
Should Contractor desire to change its Contractor’s Representative, Contractor shall provide the information specified above and obtain the City’s written approval.
3.17.3 Termination. This Contract may be terminated by City at any time, either with or without cause, by giving Contractor three (3) days advance written notice. In the event of termination by City for any reason other than the fault of Contractor, City shall pay Contractor for all Work performed up to that time as provided herein. In the event of breach of the Contract by Contractor, City may terminate the Contract immediately without notice, may reduce payment to Contractor in the amount necessary to offset Ci ty’s resulting damages, and may pursue any other available recourse against Contractor. Contractor may not terminate this Contract except for cause.
In the event this Contract is terminated in whole or in part as provided, City may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it may determine appropr iate, services similar to those terminated.
Further, if this Contract is terminated as provided, City may require Contractor to provide all finished or unfinished documents, data, diagrams, drawings, materials or other matter prepared or built by Contractor in connection with its performance of this Contract.
3.17.4 Contract Interpretation. Should any question arise regarding the meaning or import of any of the provisions of this Contract or written or oral instructions from City, the matter shall be referred to City’s Representative, whose decision
3.17.5 Anti-Trust Claims. This provision shall be operative if this Contract is applicable to California Public Contract Code Section 7103.5. In entering into this Contract to supply goods, services or materials, Contractor hereby offers and agrees to assign to the City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2, commencing with Section 16700, of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code) arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the Contract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the City tender final payment to Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the Parties.
3.17.6 Notices. All notices hereunder and communications regarding interpretation of the terms of the Contract or changes thereto shall be provided by the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed as follows:
CONTRACTOR:
American Paving Co
525 W Alluvial Ave
Fresno, CA 93711
Stephen J. Poindexter, President
C
ITY:
City of Merced
2525 “O” Street
Merced, California 95340
Attn: Mr. Michael R. Beltran II, PE
City Engineer
20 Any notice so given shall be considered received by the other Party three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. Mail as stated above and addressed to the Party at the above address. Actual notice shall be deemed adequate notice on the date actual notice occurred, regardless of the method of service.
3.17.7 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Contract.
3.17.8 Assignment Forbidden. Contractor shall not, either voluntarily or by action of law, assign or transfer this Contract or any obligation, right, title or interest assumed by Contractor herein without the prior written consent of City. If Contractor attempts an assignment or transfer of this Contract or any obligation, right, title or interest herein, City may, at its option, terminate and revoke the Contract and shall thereupon be relieved from any and all obligations to Contractor or its assignee or transferee.
3.17.9 No Third Party Beneficiaries. There are no intended third party beneficiaries of any right or obligation assumed by the Parties.
3.17.10 Governing Laws; Venue. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any action is brought to interpret or enforce any term of this Agreement, the action shall be br ought in a state or federal court situated in the County of Merced, State of California.
3.17.11 Counterparts. This Contract may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.
3.17.12 Successors. The Parties do for themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns agree to the full performance of all of the provisions contained in this Contract.
3.17.13 [Reserved]
3.17.14 Solicitation. Contractor maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Contractor, to solicit or secure this Contract. Further, Contractor warrants that it has not paid nor has it agreed to pay any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Contractor, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Contract. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to terminate this Contract without liability.
3.17.15 Conflict of Interest. Contractor maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Contractor, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Contractor warrants that it has not paid nor has it agreed to pay any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Contractor, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the term of this Contract, no official, officer or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Contract, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom. In addition, Contractor agrees to file, or to cause its employees or subcontractors to file, a Statement of Economic Interest with the City’s Filing Officer as required under state law in the performance of the Work.
21 3.17.16 Certification of License.
3.17.16.1 Contractor certifies that as of the date of execution of this Contract, Contractor has a current contractor’s license of the classification indicated below under Contractor’s signature.
3.17.16.2 Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors’ State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent act or omission is filed within four (4) years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within ten (10) years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors’ State License Board, P.O.
Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826.
3.17.17 Authority to Enter Contract. Each Party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Contract have the legal power, right and authority to make this Contract and bind each respective Party.
3.17.18 Entire Contract; Modification. This Contract contains the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings or agreements. This Contract may only be modified by a writing signed by both Parties.
3.17.19 Non-Waiver. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be considered waived by either party, unless such waiver is specifically specified in writing.
3.17.20 City’s Right to Employ Other Contractors. City reserves right to employ other contractors in connection with this Project or other projects.
[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]
24 EXHIBIT “A” - SERVICES / SCHEDULE
The work to be performed includes, but not limited to, construction of two (2) soccer/football fields, two (2) volleyball courts, two (2) tennis courts, a futsal court, a concession/restroom building, an additional restroom building, shade structures, and other utilities and appurtenances.
Such other items or details, not mentioned above, that are required by the Drawings and Technical Specifications Plans, City of Merced Standard Specifications and Typical Details, and the Special Conditions shall be performed, placed, constructed, or installed.
The project is located on the northwest corner of Mission Avenue and Tyler Road in Merced, CA.
Bids are required for the entire work described herein.
The work shall be Completed within 180 working days of Notice to Proceed. 25 BID SCHEDULE ‘A’ - BASE BID
ITEM
NO. ITEM UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE ITEM TOTAL
1 Permits, Bonds, Licenses &
Insurance LS 1 $ 30,000.00 $ 30,000.00
2 Public Convenience and Safety LS 1 $ 50,000.00 $ 50,000.00 3 Water Pollution Control LS 1 $ 30,000.00 $ 30,000.00 4 Street Sweeping LS 1 $ 100.00 $ 100.00 5 Surveying Services LS 1 $ 30,000.00 $ 30,000.00 6 Monumentation LS 1 $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 7 Portable Changeable Message
Signs LS 1 $ 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00
8 Site Preparation
(Clearing, Grubbing & Disposal) LS 1 $ 136,000.00 $ 136,000.00 9 Soil Import LS 1 $ 20,000.00 $ 20,000.00
10 Site Grading (Rough/ Fine) SF 406,375 $ 2.90 $ 1,178,487.50 11 30” Storm Drain LF 313 $ 260.00 $ 81,380.00 12 24” Storm Drain LF 778 $ 175.00 $ 136,150.00 13 18” Storm Drain LF 621 $ 120.00 $ 74,520.00 14 12” Storm Drain LF 320 $ 80.00 $ 25,600.00 15 10” Storm Drain LF 348 $ 70.00 $ 24,360.00 16 8” Storm Drain LF 1,202 $ 52.00 $ 62,504.00 17 6” Storm Drain LF 703 $ 52.00 $ 36,556.00 18 Storm Drain Manholes EA 4 $ 3,500.00 $ 14,000.00 19 Type “C” Catch Basin EA 4 $ 3,200.00 $ 12,800.00 20 Storm Drain Area Drains EA 19 $ 2,400.00 $ 45,600.00 21 Storm Drain Outfall EA 1 $ 4,200.00 $ 4,200.00 22 4” Sewer LF 440 $ 48.00 $ 21,120.00
23 6” Sewer LF 1,170 $ 177.00 $ 207,090.00 24 Sewer Manhole EA 3 $ 5,000.00 $ 15,000.00 25 Sewer Cleanout EA 2 $ 1,200.00 $ 2,400.00 26 Connect to Existing Sewer
Manhole EA 1 $ 3,000.00 $ 3,000.00
27 10” Water Line (Irrigation Main) LF 60 $ 120.00 $ 7,200.00 28 3” Water Line LF 740 $ 42.00 $ 31,080.00 29 1” Water Line LF 370 $ 30.00 $ 11,100.00 30 10” Water Meter EA 1 $ 40,000.00 $ 40,000.00 31 3” Water Meter EA 1 $ 20,000.00 $ 20,000.00 32 Connect to Existing Water Main EA 2 $ 4,000.00 $ 8,000.00 33 10” Water Line (Offsite) LF 1,780 $ 90.00 $ 160,200.00 34 Fire Hydrant Assembly EA 1 $ 14,000.00 $ 14,000.00 35 Electrical LS 1 $ 618,000.00 $ 618,000.00
36 Parking lot Light Pole w/ 4-head
fixture (Site Feature ‘40’) EA 2 $ 12,000.00 $ 24,000.00 26 37
Parking Lot Light Pole w/
single-head fixture (Site
Feature ‘33’)
EA 2 $ 7,500.00 $ 15,000.00
38 Pedestrian Light Pole w/ fixture
(Site Feature ‘15’) EA 3 $ 11,000.00 $ 33,000.00 39 Concrete Flatwork (Site Finish
‘A’) SF 77,842 $ 8.60 $ 669,441.20
40 Asphalt Parking Lot with
striping (Site Finish ‘B’) SF 75,619 $ 2.10 $ 158,799.90 41 Plexipave Surfacing Tennis
Court Field (Site Finish ‘C’) SF 5,616 $ 2.00 $ 11,232.00 42 Plexipave Surfacing Tennis
Court Striping (Site Finish ‘D’) LF 1,032 $ 2.00 $ 2,064.00 43 Plexipave Surfacing Futsal
Court Field (Site Finish ‘H’) SF 9,695 $ 2.00 $ 19,390.00 44 Plexipave Surfacing Futsal
Court Striping (Site Finish ‘I’) LF 629 $ 2.00 $ 1,258.00 45 Sand Volleyball Courts (Site
Finish ‘E’) SF 8,631 $ 4.00 $ 34,524.00 46 12” Concrete Mow Curb (Site
Feature ‘1’) LF 215 $ 55.00 $ 11,825.00 47 12” Concrete Curb at Volleyball
Courts (Site Feature ‘3’) LF 215 $ 52.00 $ 11,180.00 48 Thickened Sidewalk Edge at
Playground (Site Feature ‘2’) LF 115 $ 32.00 $ 3,680.00 49 Parking Lot Curbs- Vertical/
Flush- (Site Feature ‘23’) LF 2,491 $ 20.00 $ 49,820.00 50 Parking Lot Curb & Gutter (Site
Feature ‘23’) LF 654 $ 57.00 $ 37,278.00 51 Vertical Curb at Drop-Off Area
(Site Feature ‘42’) LF 250 $ 23.00 $ 5,750.00 52 Truncated Domes (Site Feature
‘43’) LF 198 $ 250.00 $ 49,500.00
53 Parking Lot Rolled Curb (Site
Feature ‘45’) LF 60 $ 34.00 $ 2,040.00 54 AC Dike LF 425 $ 18.00 $ 7,650.00
55 2x4 Header at Limit of Phase 1
(Site Feature ‘50’) LF 1769 $ 16.00 $ 28,304.00 56 Thickened Sidewalk Edge at
Volleyball Courts (Site Feature
‘51’)
LF 164 $ 36.00 $ 5,904.00
57 Directional Signage (Site
Feature ‘5’) EA 2 $ 1,900.00 $ 3,800.00
58 Field Location Signage (Site
Feature '6') EA 2 $ 1,900.00 $ 3,800.00
59 Removable Bollards (Site
Feature '7') EA 6 $ 1,900.00 $ 11,400.00
60 Fixed Bollards (Site Feature '8') EA 8 $ 1,700.00 $ 13,600.00 61 Picnic Tables (Site Feature '9') EA 2 $ 2,300.00 $ 4,600.00 62 Accessible Picnic Tables (Site
Feature '10') EA 1 $ 2,800.00 $ 2,800.00
63 Bench (Site Feature '11') EA 12 $ 2,200.00 $ 26,400.00 64 Drinking Fountain (Site Feature
‘12’) EA 1 $ 9,500.00 $ 9,500.00
27 65
Volleyball Poles, Ground
Sleeves, and Net (Site Feature
'13')
EA 4 $ 2,200.00 $ 8,800.00
66 Dual Post Football Goal (Site
Feature '14') EA 2 $ 13,000.00 $ 26,000.00
67 Soccer Goal and Net (Site
Feature '16') EA 4 $ 6,800.00 $ 27,200.00
68 Restroom/Concessions
Building (Site Feature '17') LS 1 $ 20,000.00 $ 20,000.00 69 ADA Ramp with Truncated
Domes (Site Feature '18') EA 16 $ 1,300.00 $ 20,800.00 70 ADA Parking Stall Signage
(Site Feature '19') EA 8 $ 350.00 $ 2,800.00 71 Tow-Away Signage (Site
Feature '20') EA 1 $ 350.00 $ 350.00 72 No Parking Signage (Site
Feature '21') EA 1 $ 350.00 $ 350.00 73 Drop-Off Signage (Site Feature
'22') EA 1 $ 350.00 $ 350.00
74 Restroom Building (Site
Feature '27') LS 1 $ 20,000.00 $ 20,000.00
75 Tree Grate (Site Feature '30') EA 1 $ 4,000.00 $ 4,000.00 76 Chain Link Fence at Tennis
Court (Site Feature '31') LF 476 $ 103.00 $ 49,028.00 77 Chain Link Gates At Tennis
Court (Site Feature '32') EA 4 $ 4,600.00 $ 18,400.00 78 Chain Link Fence at Futsal
Court (Site Feature '34') LF 280 $ 111.00 $ 31,080.00 79 Chain Link Gates at Futsal
Court (Site Feature '35') EA 2 $ 4,600.00 $ 9,200.00 80 Decorative Fence at Futsal
Court (Site Feature ‘36’) LF 140 $ 229.00 $ 32,060.00 81 Bike Rack (Site Feature '37') EA 6 $ 700.00 $ 4,200.00 82 Tubular Steel Gates at
Vehicular Entry (Site Feature
'38')
EA 2 $ 16,000.00 $ 32,000.00
83 Waste Receptacle Corrals (Site
Feature '39') EA 3 $ 7,500.00 $ 22,500.00
84 Tennis Posts and Ground
Sleeves (Site Feature '41') EA 4 $ 2,000.00 $ 8,000.00 85 No Camping/Over Night
Parking Signage at Entry (Site
Feature '44'
)
EA 1 $ 600.00 $ 600.00
86 No Camping/Over Night
Parking Signage at Restroom
Buildings (Site Feature '46')
EA 2 $ 600.00 $ 1,200.00
87 Park Welcome Signage (Site
Feature '47') EA 1 $ 600.00 $ 600.00 88 Park Rules Signage (Site
Feature '48') EA 1 $ 600.00 $ 600.00 89 Doggie-Pot Waste Station (Site
Feature '49') EA 5 $ 1,100.00 $ 5,500.00
90 Futsal Goal and Net (Site
Feature ‘54’) EA 2 $ 2,800.00 $ 5,600.00
28 91 Soil Preparation & Amendment SF 295,170 $ 0.25 $ 73,792.50 92 Turf Hydroseed – Sports Field
Blend SF 271,689 $ 1.20 $ 326,026.80
93 NOT IN USE --- --- -----------
94 1 Gallon Shrubs EA 1,387 $ 19.40 $ 26,907.80 95 24” Box Trees EA 108 $ 448.00 $ 48,384.00 96 Tree Root Barriers LF 1,830 $ 6.00 $ 10,980.00 97 Top Dressing - Decorative Bark
Mulch SF 23,484 $ 1.00 $ 23,484.00
98 Irrigation System LS 1 $ 161,500.00 $ 161,500.00 99 Irrigation Controller LS 1 $ 21,500.00 $ 21,500.00 100
Irrigation Point of Connection
(Water Meter, Backflow,
Booster Pump)
LS 1 $ 161,500.00 $ 161,500.00
101 Landscape Maintenance Period
(180 Days) LS 1 $ 10,800.00 $ 10,800.00
102 FDR-C Process (1.0’) LS 1 $ 159,000.00 $ 159,000.00 TOTAL SCHEDULE ‘A’ BID $ 5,800,580.70
29 BID SCHEDULE ‘B’ - ADD ALTERNATE #1 BID
ITEM
NO. ITEM UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE ITEM TOTAL
1 Permits, Bonds, Licenses &
Insurance LS 1 $ 1.00 $ 1.00 2 Public Convenience and
Safety LS 1 $ 1.00 $ 1.00
3 Site Grading (Mass/Fine) SF 31,864 $ 6.00 $ 191,184.00 4 6” Storm Drain Line LF 131 $ 52.00 $ 6,812.00 5 Storm Drain Area Drains EA 3 $ 2,400.00 $ 7,200.00 6 Pedestrian Light Pole w/
fixture (Add. Alt. #1 Site
Feature ‘13’)
EA 6 $ 13,200.00 $ 79,200.00
7 Concrete Flatwork (Add. Alt.
#1 Site Finish ‘1’) SF 20,386 $ 10.30 $ 209,975.80 8 Rubberized Play Surfacing
– 01 (2-5 area) (Add. Alt. #1
Site Finish ‘2’)
SF 1,396 $ 27.50 $ 38,390.00
9 Rubberized Play Surfacing
– 02 (2-5 area) (Add. Alt. #1
Site Finish ‘3’
)
SF 1,579 $ 27.50 $ 43,422.50
10 Rubberized Play Surfacing
– 01 (5-12 area) (Add. Alt.
#1 Site Finish ‘4’)
SF 2,501 $ 27.50 $ 68,777.50
11 Rubberized Play Surfacing
– 02 (5-12 area) (Add. Alt.
#1 Site Finish ‘5’)
SF 1,922 $ 27.50 $ 52,855.00
12 Play Area Base Preparation
(Add. Alt. #1 Site Finishes
‘2’ - ‘5’)
SF 7,398 $ 6.00 $ 44,388.00
13 Thickened Sidewalk Edge
At Play Area (Add. Alt. #1
Site Feature ‘11’)
LF 138 $ 33.00 $ 4,554.00
14 12” wide Concrete Mow
Curb (Add. Alt. #1 Site
Feature ‘12’)
LF 225 $ 123.00 $ 27,675.00
15 Chain Link Fence with
concrete curb below fence
behind Soccer Goals (Add.
Alt. #1 Site Feature ‘19’)
LF 542 $ 107.00 $ 57,994.00
16 Play Equipment (2-5) (Add.
Alt. #1 Site Feature ‘7’) LS 1 $ 80,000.00 $ 80,000.00 17 Play equipment (5-12) (Add.
Alt. #1 Site Feature ‘8’) LS 1 $ 135,000.00 $ 135,000.00 18 Picnic Tables (Add. Alt. #1
Site Feature ‘9’) EA 3 $ 2,100.00 $ 6,300.00 19 Accessible Picnic Tables
(Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature
‘10’)
EA 1 $ 2,800.00 $ 2,800.00
20 Bike Rack (Add. Alt. #1 Site
Feature ‘17’) EA 4 $ 700.00 $ 2,800.00 21 Waste Receptacle Corrals
(Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature
‘15’)
EA 1 $ 9,400.00 $ 9,400.00
30 22
Doggi-Pot Pet Waste
Station (Add. Alt. #1 Site
Feature ‘16’)
EA 1 $ 1,300.00 $ 1,300.00
23 Removable Bollard (Add.
Alt. #1 Site Feature ‘14’) EA 2 $ 3,100.00 $ 6,200.00 24 Field Marker Identification
Signage (Add. Alt. #1 Site
Feature ‘20’)
EA 4 $ 1,900.00 $ 7,600.00
25 Soil Amendments and
Conditioning SF 20,386 $ 0.10 $ 2,038.60 26 1-Gallon Shrubs EA 94 $ 20.00 $ 1,880.00 27 24” Box Trees EA 4 $ 560.00 $ 2,240.00 28 Tree Root Barriers LF 90 $ 14.00 $ 1,260.00 29 Top Dressing - Decorative
Bark Mulch SF 1,787 $ 1.00 $ 1,787.00 30 Irrigation System LS 1 $ 1,000.00 $ 1,000.00 31 Landscape Maintenance
Period (180 Days) LS 1 $ 1,000.00 $ 1,000.00 32 NOT IN USE --- --- -----------
--
----------
---
TOTAL SCHEDULE ‘B’ BID $ 1,095,035.40
31 BID SCHEDULE ‘C’ - ADD ALTERNATE #2 BID
ITEM
NO. ITEM UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE ITEM TOTAL
1 Permits, Bonds, Licenses &
Insurance LS 1 $ 1.00 $ 1.00 2 Public Convenience and
Safety LS 1 $ 1.00 $ 1.00
3 Electrical Feeder to Shade
Structure from Panel LS 1 $ 59,900.00 $ 59,900.00 4 50x100’ Shade Structure
(Add. Alt. #2 Site Finish
‘21’)
LS 1 $ 452,000.00 $ 452,000.00
5 Picnic Tables (Add. Alt. #2
Site Feature ‘22’) EA 12 $ 2,100.00 $ 25,200.00 6 Accessible Picnic Tables
(Add. Alt. #2 Site Feature
‘23’)
EA 6 $ 2,100.00 $ 12,600.00
TOTAL SCHEDULE ‘C’ BID $ 549,702.00
32 BID SCHEDULE ‘D’ - ADD ALTERNATE #3
ITEM
NO. ITEM UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE ITEM TOTAL
1 Permits, Bonds, Licenses &
Insurance LS 1 $ 1.00 $ 1.00 2 Public Convenience and
Safety LS 1 $ 1.00 $ 1.00
3 Electrical Feeder to Shade
Structure from Panel LS 1 $ 11,400.00 $ 11,400.00 4 Concrete Flatwork (Add.
Alt. #3 Site Finish ‘24’) SF 1,300 $ 14.00 $ 18,200.00 5 30x30’ Shade Structure
(Add. Alt. #3 Site Feature
‘25’
)
EA 1 $ 88,000.00 $ 88,000.00
6 Picnic Tables (Add. Alt. #3
Site Feature ‘26’) EA 3 $ 2,100.00 $ 6,300.00 7 Accessible Picnic Tables
(Add. Alt. #3 Site Feature
‘27’
)
EA 1 $ 2,800.00 $ 2,800.00
8 Waste receptacle Corrals
(Add. Alt. #3 Site Feature
‘28’)
EA 1 $ 9,400.00 $ 9,400.00
9 NOT IN USE --- --- ------------- -------------
TOTAL SCHEDULE ‘D’ BID $ 136,102.00
33 BID SCHEDULE ‘E’ - ADD ALTERNATE #4 BID
ITEM
NO. ITEM UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE ITEM TOTAL
1 Permits, Bonds, Licenses &
Insurance LS 1 $ 1.00 $ 1.00
2 Public Convenience and
Safety LS 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00
3 Water Pollution Control LS 1 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 4 Street Sweeping LS 1 $ 1.00 $ 1.00 5 Surveying Services LS 1 $ 2,000.00 $ 2,000.00 6 Monumentation LS 1 $ 1,500.00 $ 1,500.00 7 Portable Changeable
Message Signs LS 1 $ 1,500.00 $ 1,500.00
8 Site Grading (Mass/Fine) SF 22,733 $ 7.00 $ 159,131.00 9 6” Storm Drain Line LF 47 $ 52.00 $ 2,444.00 10 Storm Drain Manholes EA 1 $ 3,500.00 $ 3,500.00 11 Type ‘C’ Catch Basin EA 1 $ 3,200.00 $ 3,200.00 12 Outfall EA 1 $ 4,200.00 $ 4,200.00
13 Parking lot Light Pole w/
single-head fixture (Add.
Alt. #4 Site Feature ’35’)
EA 7 $ 8,700.00 $ 60,900.00
14 Asphalt Parking Lot with
striping (Add. Alt. #4 Site
Finish ‘30’)
SF 22,733 $ 2.20 $ 50,012.60
15 Parking Lot Curbs- Vertical/
Flush (Add. Alt. #4 Site
Feature ‘33’
)
LF 599 $ 33.00 $ 19,767.00
16 Parking Lot Curb & Gutter
(Add. Alt. #4 Site Feature
‘36’)
LF 806 $ 38.00 $ 30,628.00
17 Park Sign (Add. Alt. #4 Site
Feature ‘31’) EA 1 $ 9,400.00 $ 9,400.00
18 Fixed Bollard (Add. Alt. #4
Site Feature ‘32’) EA 8 $ 1,600.00 $ 12,800.00 19 Tubular Steel Gates at
Vehicular Entry (Add. Alt.
#4 Site Feature ’34’
)
EA 2 $ 15,400.00 $ 30,800.00
20 FDR-C Process (1.0’) LS 1 $ 58,500.00 $ 58,500.00 TOTAL SCHEDULE ‘E’ BID $ 465,284.60
34 BID SCHEDULE ‘F’ - ADD ALTERNATE #5 BID
ITEM
NO. ITEM UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE ITEM TOTAL
1 Permits, Bonds, Licenses &
Insurance LS 1 $ 1.00 $ 1.00 2 Public Convenience and
Safety LS 1 $ 1.00 $ 1.00
3 Surveying Services LS 1 $ 2,200.00 $ 2,200.00 4 Parking Lot Light Pole w/ 4-
head fixture (Site Feature ‘4’) EA 6 $ 12,400.00 $ 74,400.00 5 Parking Lot Light Pole w/
single-head fixture (Site
Feature ‘29’)
EA 9 $ 9,300.00 $ 83,700.00
TOTAL SCHEDULE ‘F’ BID $ 160,302.00
35 EXHIBIT “B” - DRAWINGS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
SCOPE OF WORK
The Work to be performed is included in Exhibit B – Drawings and Technical Specifications. Such other items or details, not mentioned above (Exhibit A), that are required by the drawings, and technical specifications, or the following special conditions (Exhibit C) shall be performed, placed, constructed or installed.
PERFORMANCE
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and do all work described in the Plans and these Special Provisions.
COORDINATION/COOPERATION
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at (209) 385-6846 at least three (3) working days in advance of the tentative starting date.
The Contractor shall be responsible for contacting and coordinating with all utility companies, including the City, with regards to the location of existing underground facilities in the construction area. The Contractor shall call Underground Service Alert at (800) 642-2444, at least 2 working days before commencement of underground work for location of underground facilities.
Utility facilities damaged, temporarily disconnected, or relocated as a result of construction shall be repaired/reconnected as directed by the governing utility at the Contractor's expense.
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be made.
INSPECTION OF SITE
The Contractor shall inspect the work site and note all existing conditions before submitting a bid for this project. A site tour is scheduled immediately following the pre-bid/LBE meeting if requested.
DUST CONTROL
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to minimize dust during earth moving operations. A water truck shall be made available if necessary for dust control.
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be made.
PERMITS, BONDS, LICENSES AND INSURANCE
The Contractor shall procure all permits, bonds, licenses and insurance, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the prosecution of the work.
Payment for "Permits, Bonds, Licenses and Insurance," shall be at the contract lump sum price as
36 set forth in the proposal, and shall include all fees associated with permits, bonds, licenses, inspections, and all other fees necessary for the completion of this item.
PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY
The Contractor shall be responsible for all the pr ovisions of this item, including issuance of all notices necessary for prosecution of the work.
Construction Area Signs -- Construction area signs and traffic cones shall be furnished, installed, maintained, and removed when no longer required in accordance with the provisions in Section 12, "Temporary Traffic Control," of the State Specifications, and these Special Provisions. Specifically included in this item are all detour signage.
The Contractor shall notify the appropriate regional notification center for operators of subsurface installations at least two (2) working days, but not more than 14 calendar days, prior to commencing any excavation for construction area sign posts. The regional notification centers include, but not limited to the following:
Notification Center Telephone
Underground Service Alert (USA) 1-800-227-2600 (Northern California)
All excavations required to install construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment, except that power equipment may be used if it is determined that there were no utility facilities in the area of the proposed post holes.
Sign substrates for stationary mounted construction area signs may be fabricated from fiberglass reinforced plastic as specified under “Prequalified and Tested Signing and Delineation Materials” elsewhere in these Special Provisions.
Type IV reflective sheeting for sign panels for portable construction area signs shall conform to the requirements specified under “Prequalified and Testing Signing and Delineation Materials” elsewhere in these Special Provisions.
The term “construction area signs” shall also include temporary object markers required for the direction of public traffic through or around the work during construction. Object markers listed or designated on the plans as construction area signs shall be considered to be signs and shall be furnished, erected, maintained and removed by the Contractor in the same manner specified for construction area signs and the following:
Object markers shall be stationary mounted on wood or metal posts in accordance with the details shown on the plans and the requirements in Section 82, “Markers and Delineators,” of the Standard Specifications.
Marker panels for Type N, Type P and Type R object markers shall conform to the requirements for sign panels for stationary mounted signs.
Target plates for Type K and Type L object markers and posts, reflectors and hardware shall conform to the requirements in said Section 82, but need not be new.
When a street section is to be closed, it shall be solidly barricaded, and signs shall be posted at the closure points indicating “Street Closed.”
37 Full cost of providing and removing construction area signs shall be borne exclusively by the Contractor and shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price for Item 10-1.07, “Public Convenience & Safety.”
Maintaining Traffic -- Attention is directed to Section 7-1.03, "Public Convenience," Section 7-
1.04, "Public Safety," and Section 12, "Temporary Traffic Control," of the State Specifications.
Nothing in these Special Provisions shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from its responsibility as provided in Section 7-1.04 of the State Specifications.
All traffic cones used for night lane closures shall have reflective cone sleeves as specified in the specifications. One (1) 12-foot wide traffic lane must be open at all times.
The second and third paragraphs of Section 12-3.10, “Traffic Cones,” of the State Standard Specifications are amended to read:
The type of reflective cone sleeve used shall be at the option of the Contractor. Only one type of reflective cone sleeve shall be used on the project.
Lane closures shall conform to the provisions in the section of these special provisions entitled “Traffic Control System for Lane Closure.”
Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked on the traveled way or shoulders, including any section closed to public traffic.
The Contractor shall notify local authorities of its intent to begin work at least five (5) days before work is begun. The Contractor shall cooperate with local authorities relative to handling traffic through the area and shall make its own arrangements relative to keeping the working area clear of parked vehicles.
The Contractor shall provide access to all businesses and residences within the construction zone at all times throughout the project. When the work requires the closing of a business driveway or other entrance, the Contractor shall post signs directing the public to the most convenient access to the business.
The Contractor shall provide access to all private driveways when construction is not actively in progress. Access to driveways fronting the construction area shall not be hindered or blocked for time periods greater than 4 hours without notifying the property owner or tenant in writing 24 hours prior to blockage.
The Contractor shall provide safe public access around the work site in accordance with the American Disabilities Act requirements during the work.
Whenever vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within six feet of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at 25-foot intervals to a point not less than 25 feet past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A C23 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted on a telescoping flag tree with flags. The flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer.
When the Contractor’s operations create a condition hazardous to traffic or to the public, he shall furnish, erect and maintain, at his expense and without cost to the City, such fences, barricades,
38 lights, signs and other devices as are necessary to prevent accidents or damage or injury to the public. The Contractor shall also furnish such flagmen, provided with the necessary equipment kept clean and in good condition by the Contractor at his expense, as may be necessary to give adequate warning to traffic or to the public that the roadway is under construction or of any dangerous conditions to be encountered. The flagmen shall perfo rm their duties and their work of furnishing and placing such signs, lights, flags and other warning and safety devices as set forth in the current “Work Area Traffic Control Handbook” as published by the Building News, Inc., Los Angeles, California.
Minor deviations from the requirements of this section concerning hours of work which do not significantly change the cost of the work may be permitted upon the written request of the Contractor if, in the opinion of the Engineer, public traffic will be better served and the work expedited. Such deviations shall not be adopted until the Engineer has indicated its written approval. All other modifications will be made by contract change order.
Full cost of conforming to this section shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price for “Public Convenience and Safety.”
Traffic Control System for Lane Closure -- A traffic control system shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section 12, "Temporary Traffic Control," of the State Specifications, the provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Special Provisions.
The provisions in this section shall not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such additional devices, or take such measures as may be necessary, to comply with the provisions in Section 7-1.04, "Public Safety," of the State Standard Specifications.
Prior to any lane closures, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide 72-hour notice to the City and obtain City approval of the lane closure. Failure to notify the City in a timely manner is cause for the City to prevent the lane closure.
Whenever a lane closure is made, the Contractor shall close the lane by placing fluorescent traffic cones, portable cones, portable delineators, or other devices approved by the Engineer, along a taper and along the edge of the closed lane adjacent to public traffic. One telescoping flag tree with flags shall be placed at the beginning and at the end of the taper.
If any component in the traffic control system is displaced or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component, and shall restore the component to its original location. Full cost of providing flaggers shall be borne exclusively by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan and approved by the City Engineer prior to commencing any work.
Protection of the Work -- To minimize traffic congestion during the resurfacing operation, the work shall be done in stages. Residents with driveways within the closed section shall be notified at least 24 hours in advance of closure via door hangers and signs within the limits of the project.
Barricades and signs and their cost of replacement, the cost of flagmen necessary for the protection of the work and the public and costs of notification of affected residents will be considered as included in the contract price paid for bid items shown in the proposal, and no separate payments shall be made.
Payment for "Public Convenience and Safety," shall be at the contract lump sum price as set forth
39 in the proposal, and shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
Summary
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to comply with all of the requirements of the latest NPDES General Permit for "Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities" (Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ, NPDES No. CAS000002) hereinafter called the "Permit" and standard industry practice.
This includes, but is not limited to, preparing plans and application, maps as well as all necessary reporting on the SWQCB's Storm Water Multiple Application and Report Tracking System (SMARTS System). The Contractor, working with their certified Qualified Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Developer (QSD), will determine what would be the best course of action to comply with the latest State NPDES General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities Order No. 2009- 0009- DWQ. If the Contractor's QSD determines a SWPPP is the best course of action, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and their QSD to submit to Construction Management a completed SWPPP for review. Upon acceptance of the SWPPP document by Construction Management, the QSD shall prepare a Notice of Intention (NOI) application in the SWQCB's SMARTS System and upload all necessary documents and maps to be approved by the Legally Responsible Person (LRP). Until a written approval of the SWPPP has been obtained from the SWQCB, no construction activity shall commenc e on the project site. Upon obtaining written approval of the SWPPP, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to implement the SWPPP.
Throughout the course of the project, the Contractor's Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) shall conduct periodic inspections, testing, any reporting on the SMARTS System as well as coordinate with the QSD to update the SWPPP as necessary. At the conclusion of construction, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and his or her QSD/QSP to ensure Annual Report(s) have been prepared on the SMARTS System as well as prepare the Notice of Termination (NOT) for City's approval. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the approved SWPPP, and amendments thereto, at the job site and in the general business office of the Contractor. In addition, the Contractor shall make available to Construction Management copies of all amendments to the SWPPP as prepared by the Contractor. The SWPPP shall be made available upon request of a representative of the Fresno Metropolitan Flood Control District, Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board or U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency. Requests by the public shall be directed to the Engineer.
If the Contractor and/or his/her QSD determines that a SWPPP is not necessary, then it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prov ide a list of Best Management Practices (BMP) that are to be implemented during the Work to Construction Management. The Contractor shall implement the BMP in a timely manner and maintain throughout the duration of the project. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the BMP list and any modification to the list at the job site and in the general business office of the Contractor. In addition, the Contractor shall make available to the City copies of all modifications to the BMP list. The BMP list shall be made available upon request of a representative of the Fresno Metropolitan Flood Control District, Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board or U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. Requests by the public shall be directed to Construction Management.
Notice of violation and/or fines for any non-compliance will be the responsibility of the Contractor.
40 Manage work activities to reduce the discharge of pollutants to surface waters, groundwater, or municipal separate storm sewer systems including work items shown in the Bid Item List for:
1. Prepare Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. SWPPP preparation includes obtaining SWPPP approval, amending the SWPPP, preparing a CSMP and a SAP, and monitoring and inspecting WPC practices at the job site.
2. Storm Water Annual Report. Storm Water Annual Report preparation includes certifications, monitoring and inspection results, and obtaining Storm Water Annual Report acceptance.
3. Storm Water Sampling and Analysis Day. Storm Water Sampling and Analysis Day includes reporting of storm water quality per qualifying rain event. If specified for the risk level, the work includes preparation, collection, analysis, and reporting of storm water samples for turbidity, pH, and other constituents.
4. Rain Event Action Plan. If specified for the project risk level, REAP preparation includes preparing and submitting REAP forms and monitoring weather forecasts.
Do not start work until:
1. SWPPP is approved by the City.
2. SWPPP is uploaded onto the SMART System.
3. WDID is issued.
4. SWPPP review requirements have been fulfilled. If the RWQCB requires time for SWPPP review, allow 30 days for the RWQCB to review the SWPPP as specified under "Submittals" of these special provisions.
This project is anticipated to be Risk Level 1.
Definitions and Abbreviations
active and inactive areas: (1) Active areas have soil disturbing work activities occurring at least once within 14 days, and (2) Inactive areas are areas that have not been disturbed for at least 15 days.
BMPs: Best Management Practices are water pollution control practices. construction phase: Construction phases are (1) Highway Construction including work activities for building roads and structures, (2) Plant Establishment including maintenance on vegetation installed for final stabilization, and (3) Suspension where work activities are suspended and areas are inactive.
CSMP: Construction Site Monitoring Program.
NAL: Numeric Action Level.
NEL: Numeric Effluent Limit.
NPDES: National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System.
NOI: Notice of Intent.
Normal working hours: The hours you normally work on this project.
Preparation Manual: The Department's "Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and Water Pollution Control Program Preparation Manual."
QSD: Qualified SWPPP Developer.
QSP: Qualified SWPPP Practitioner.
Qualified rain event: A qualified rain event is a storm that produces at least 0.5 inch of precipitation with a 48 hour or greater period between storms.
REAP: Rain Event Action Plan.
RWQCB: Regional Water Quality Control Board.
SAP: Sampling and Analysis Plan.
41 SSC: Suspended Sediment Concentration.
SWRCB: State Water Resources Control Board. SWPPP: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. WDID: Waste Discharge Identification Number. WPC: Water Pollution Control.
WPC Manager: Water Pollution Control Manager. The WPC Manager implements water pollution control work described in the SWPPP and oversees revisions and amendments to the SWPPP.
Submittals
Within 20 days after contract approval, start the following process for SWPPP approval:
1. Submit 3 copies of the SWPPP and allow 20 days for the Engineer's review. If revisions are required, the Engineer provides comments and specifies the date that the review stopped.
2. Change and resubmit the SWPPP within 15 days of receipt of the Engineer's comments.
The Engineer's review resumes when the complete SWPPP is resubmitted.
3. When the Engineer approves the SWPPP, submit an electronic and 4 printed copies of the approved SWPPP.
4. If the RWQCB reviews the approved SWPPP, the Engineer submits one copy of the approved SWPPP to the RWQCB for their review and comment. RWQCBs requiring time to review SWPPPs include:
5. If the Engineer requests changes to the SWPPP based on RWQCB comments, amend the SWPPP within 10 days.
Submit:
1. Storm water training records including training dates and subjects for employees and subcontractors. Include dates and subjects for ongoing training, including tailgate meetings.
2. Employee training records.
2.1. Within 5 days of SWPPP approval for existing employees
2.2. Within 5 days of training for new employees
2.3. At least 5 days before subcontractors start work for subcontractor's employees
Prepare a Storm Water Annual Report for the reporting period from July 1st to June 30th. For the prior reporting period, submit the report no later than July 15th if construction occurs from July 1st through June 30th or within 15 days after contract acceptance if construction ends before June 30th.
Submit the Storm Water Annual Report as follows:
1. Submit 2 copies of the Storm Water Annual Report and allow 10 days for the Engineer's review. If revisions are required, the Engineer provides comments and specifies the date that the review stopped.
2. Change and resubmit the Storm Water Annual Report within 5 days of receipt of the Engineer's comments. The Engineer's review resumes when the complete Storm Water Annual Report is resubmitted.
3. When the Engineer accepts the Storm Water Annual Report, insert the WPC Manager's signed certification and the Engineer's signed certification.
Submit one electronic copy and 2 printed copies of the accepted Storm Water Annual Report.
Submit as required:
1. NAL Exceedance Reports
42 2. NEL Exceedance Reports
3. Visual Monitoring Reports
4. Inspection Reports
5. BMP Status Report
At least 5 days before operating any construction support facility, submit:
1. A plan showing the location and quantity of WPC practices associated with the construction support facility
2. A copy of the NOI approved by the RWQCB an d the SWPPP approved by the RWQCB if you will be operating a batch plant or a crushing plant under the General Industrial Permit
Quality Control and Assurance Training
Provide storm water training for:
1. Project managers
2. Supervisory personnel
3. Employees involved with WPC work
Train all employees, including subcontractor's employees, in the following subjects:
1. WPC rules and regulations
2. Implementation and maintenance for:
2.1. Temporary Soil Stabilization
2.2. Temporary Sediment Control
2.3. Tracking Control
2.4. Wind Erosion Control
2.5. Material pollution prevention and control
2.6. Waste management
2.7. Non-storm water management
2.8. Identifying and handling hazardous substances
2.9. Potential dangers to humans and t he environment from spills and leaks or exposure to toxic or hazardous substances
Employees must receive initial WPC training before working on the job site. Conduct weekly training meetings covering:
1. WPC BMP deficiencies and corrective actions
2. BMPs that are required for work activities during the week
3. Spill prevention and control
4. Material delivery, storage, use, and disposal
5. Waste management
6. Non-storm water management procedures
Training for personnel to collect water quality samples must include:
1. SAP review
2. Health and safety review
3. Sampling simulations
A Storm Water Information Handout has been prepar ed for this contract and is available as described in "Supplemental Project Information" of these special provisions.
43 If you operate construction support facilities, protect storm water systems or receiving waters from the discharge of potential pollutants by using WPC practices.
Construction support facilities include:
1. Staging areas
2. Storage yards for equipment and materials
3. Mobile operations
4. Batch plants for PCC and HMA
5. Crushing plants for rock and aggregate
6. Other facilities installed for your convenience such as haul roads
If you operate a batch plant to manufacture PCC, HMA, or other material; or a crushing plant to produce rock or aggregate; obtain coverage under the General Industrial General Permit. You must be covered under the General Industrial Permit for batch plants and crushing plants located:
1. Outside of the job site
2. Within the job site that serve one or more contracts
Discharges from manufacturing facilities such as batch plants must comply with the general waste discharge requirements for Order No. 97-03-DWQ, NPDES General Permit No. CAS000001, issued by the SWRCB for "Discharge of Stormwater Associated with Industrial Activities Excluding Construction Activities." For the General Industrial Permit, go to:
http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/
You may obtain copies of the Preparation Manual from the Publication Distribution Unit. The mailing address for the Publication Distribution Unit is:
State of California
Department of Transportation
Publication Distribution Unit
1900 Royal Oaks Drive
Sacramento, California 95815
Telephone: (916) 445-3520
The Preparation Manual and other WPC references are available at the Department's "Construction Storm Water and Water Pollution Control" Web site. For the Web site, go to:
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/construc/stormwater/stormwater1.htm
Water Pollution Control Manager
Assign one WPC Manager to implement the SWPPP. The WPC Manager must comply with the Permit qualifications for a QSP and a QSD. You may assign a different QSD to prepare the SWPPP.
The QSD must have the following qualifications:
1. Department approved storm water management training described in the Department's "Construction Storm Water and Water Pollution Control" web site
2. Registration or certification described in the Permit
44 The QSP must meet the qualifications of the QSD or have the following certifications:
1. Department approved storm water management training described in the Department's "Construction Storm Water and Water Pollution Control" web site
2. Certification described in the Permit
At the job site, the WPC Manager must:
1. Be responsible for WPC work
2. Be the primary contact for WPC work
3. Oversee the maintenance of WPC practices
4. Oversee and enforce hazardous waste management practices
5. Have the authority to mobilize crews to make immediate repairs to WPC practices
6. Ensure that all employees have current water pollution control training
7. Implement the approved SWPPP and amend the SWPPP when required
WPC Manager must oversee:
1. Inspections of WPC practices identified in the SWPPP
2. Inspections and reports for visual monitoring
3. Preparation and implementation of REAPs
4. Sampling and analysis
5. Preparation and submittal of:
5.1. NAL exceedance reports
5.2. NEL exceedance reports
5.3. SWPPP annual certification
5.4. Annual reports
5.5. BMP status reports
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP)
General
SWPPP work includes preparing a SWPPP including a CSMP, obtaining SWPPP approval, amending the SWPPP, inspecting and reporting on WPC practices at the job site. The SWPPP must comply with the Preparation Manual and the Permit. The SWPPP must be submitted in place of the water pollution control program under Section 13-2, "Water Pollution Control Program," of the Standard Specifications.
Additional WPC work will be paid for as extra work under Section 4-1.05, "Changes and Extra Work," of the Standard Specifications.
The SWPPP must include sections as specified for the project risk level as follows:
1. For risk level 1:
1.1. Schedule
1.2. CSMP
2. For risk level 2:
2.1. Schedule
2.2. CSMP
45 2.3. Adherence to Effluent Standards for NALs
2.4. REAP
3. For risk level 3:
3.1. Schedule
3.2. CSMP
3.3. Adherence to Effluent Standards for NALs and NELs
3.4. REAP
The SWPPP must include WPC practices for:
1. Storm water and non-stormwater from areas outside of the job site related to project work activities such as:
1.1. Staging areas
1.2. Storage yards
1.3. Access roads
2. Activities or mobile operations related to contractor obtained NPDES permits
3. Construction support facilities
The SWPPP must include a copy of permits obtained by the Department such as Fish & Game permits, US Army Corps of Engineers permits, RWQCB 401 Certifications, and RWQCB Waste Discharge Requirements for Aerially Deposited Lead Reuse.
Amend the SWPPP annually and resubmit it by July 15th. Amend the SWPPP if:
1. Changes in work activities could affect the discharge of pollutants
2. WPC practices are added by change order work
3. WPC practices are added at your discretion
4. Changes in the amount of disturbed soil are substantial
5. Objectives for reducing or eliminating pollutants in storm water discharges have not been achieved
6. There is a Permit violation
Whenever you amend the SWPPP, follow the same process specified for SWPPP approval.
Retain a printed copy of the approved SWPPP at the job site.
SWPPP Schedule
The SWPPP schedule must:
1. Describe when work activities will be performed that could cause the discharge of pollutants into storm water
2. Describe WPC practices associated with each construction phase
3. Identify soil stabilization and sediment control practices for disturbed soil areas
Construction Site Monitoring Program (CSMP)
General
The QSD must prepare a CSMP as part of the SWPPP. The CSMP must be developed before starting work and be revised to reflect current construction activities as necessary.
The CSMP must include sections for the project risk level as follows:
46 1. For risk level 1:
1.1. Visual Monitoring
1.2. SAP for Non-Visible Pollutants
2. For risk level 2:
2.1. Visual Monitoring
2.2. SAP for Non-Visible Pollutants
2.3. SAP for sediment and turbidity
2.4. SAP for pH
3. For risk level 3:
3.1. Visual Monitoring
3.2. SAP for Non-Visible Pollutants
3.3. SAP for sediment and turbidity
3.4. SAP for pH
3.5. SAP for receiving waters
3.6. SAP for temporary active treatment systems
Visual Monitoring
The WPC Manager must oversee the performance of visual inspections for qualifying rain events.
For each qualifying rain event, perform visual inspections and record observations during normal working hours as follows:
1. Record the time, date, and rain gauge reading
2. Observe:
2.1. Within 2 days before the storm:
2.1.1 Drainage areas for spills, leaks, or uncontrolled pollutants
2.1.2 Proper implementation of WPC practices
2.1.3 Storm water storage areas for leaks and adequate freeboard
2.2. Every 24 hours during the storm:
2.2.1 WPC practices for effective operation
2.2.2 WPC practices needing maintenance and repair
2.3. Within 2 days after the storm event:
2.3.1. Discharge locations
2.3.2. WPC practices to evaluate the design, implementation, and effectiveness
2.3.3. To identify where additional WPC practices may be needed.
Perform non-stormwater discharge visual inspections as follows:
1. At least once during each of the following periods:
1.1. January through March
1.2. April through June
1.3. July through September
1.4. October through December
2. Observe flowing and contained storm water for the presence of floating and suspended materials, sheen on the surface, discoloration, turbidity, odors, and sources of observed pollutants
3. Observe the job site for the presence of authorized and unauthorized non-stormwater discharges and their sources
The WPC Manager must prepare visual inspection reports that include the following:
47 1. Name of personnel performing the inspection, inspection date, and date inspection report completed
2. Storm and weather conditions
3. Locations and observations
4. Corrective actions taken
Maintain visual inspections reports at the job site as part of the SWPPP.
Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP)
General
Include a SAP in the CSMP to monitor the effectiveness of WPC practices. The SAP must comply with the Preparation Manual.
Assign trained personnel to collect water quality samples. Document their training in the SAP.
Describe the following water quality sampling procedures in the SAP:
1. Sampling equipment
2. Sample preparation
3. Collection
4. Field measurement methods
5. Analytical methods
6. Quality assurance and quality control
7. Sample preservation and labeling
8. Collection documentation
9. Sample shipping
10. Chain of custody
11. Data management and reporting
12. Precautions from the construction site health and safety plan
13. Laboratory selection and certifications
Whenever assigned field personnel take samples, comply with the equipment manufacturer's recommendation for collection, analysis methods, and equipment calibration.
Samples taken for laboratory analysis must follow water quality sampling procedures and be analyzed by a State-certified laboratory under 40 CFR Part 136, "Guidelines Establishing Test Procedures for the Analysis of Pollutants."
The SAP must identify the State-certified laboratory, sample containers, preservation requirements, holding times, and analysis method. For a list of State-certified laboratories, go to:
http://www.cdph.ca.gov/certlic/labs/Pages/ELAP.aspx
Include procedure for sample collection during precipitation.
Retain water quality sampling documentation and analytical results with the SWPPP at the job site.
Show pollutant sampling locations on SWPPP drawings.
If discharges or sampling locations change because of changed work activities or knowledge of site conditions, amend the SAP.
48 If the project is risk level 2 or risk level 3, include procedures for collecting and analyzing at least 3 samples for each day of each qualifying rain event. Describe the collection of effluent samples at all locations where the storm water is discharged off-site.
Analytical Results and Evaluation
Submit an electronic copy (in file format .xls, .txt, .csv, .dbs, or .mdb) and a printed copy of water quality analytical results, and quality assurance and quality control within 48 hours of field analysis sampling, and within 30 days for laboratory analysis. Also provide an evaluation of whether the downstream samples show levels of the tested parameter that are higher than the control sample.
Electronic water quality analysis results must have the following information:
1. Sample identification number
2. Contract number
3. Constituent
4. Reported value
5. Analytical method
6. Method detection limit
7. Reported limit
SAP for Non-Visible Pollutants
The SAP must include a description of the sampling and analysis strategy for monitoring non- visible pollutants.
The SAP must identify potential non-visible pollutants present at the job site associated with any of the following:
1. Construction materials and waste
2. Existing contamination due to historical site usage
3. Application of soil amendments, including soil stabilization materials, with the potential to change pH or contribute toxic pollutants to storm water
SWPPP drawings must show the locations planned for storage and use of potential non-visible pollutants.
The SAP must include sampling procedures for the following conditions when observed during a storm water visual inspection. For each of the following, collect at least one sample for each qualifying storm event:
1. Materials or waste containing potential non-visible pollutants that are not stored under watertight conditions
2. Materials or waste containing potential non-visible pollutants that are stored under watertight conditions, but a breach, leakage, malfunction, or spill is observed; the leak or spill has not been cleaned up before precipitation; and material or waste could discharge non-visible pollutants to surface waters or drainage system
3. Chemical applications, including fertilizer, pesticide, herbicide, methyl methacrylate concrete sealant, or non-pigmented curing compound used during precipitation or within 24 hours preceding precipitation, and could discharge pollutants to surface waters or drainage system
49 4. Applied soil amendments, including soil stabilization materials that could change pH levels or contribute toxic pollutants to storm water runoff and discharge pollutants to surface waters or drainage system, unless available independent test data indicates acceptable concentrations of non-visible pollutants in the soil amendment
5. Storm water runoff from an area contaminated by historical usage of the site that could discharge pollutants to surface waters or drainage systems
The SAP must provide sampling procedures and schedule for:
1. Sample collection during the first 2 hours of each rain event that generate runoff
2. Sample collection during normal working hours
3. Each non-visible pollutant source
4. Uncontaminated control sample
The SAP must identify locations for sampling downstream and control samples, and reasons for selecting those locations. Select control sample locations where the sample will not come in contact with materials, waste, or areas associated with potential non-visible pollutants or disturbed soil areas.
SAP for Sediment and Turbidity
If the project is risk level 2 or risk level 3, sample and analyze for turbidity:
Parameter Test Method Detection Limit
(Min)
Unit
Turbidity Field test with calibrated
portable instrument
1 NTU
If the project is risk level 3 and the turbidit y NEL has been exceeded, sample and analyze for SSC:
Parameter Test Method Detection Limit
(Min)
Unit
SSC ASTM Method D3977-97 5 Mg/L
SAP for pH
If the project is risk level 2 or risk level 3, sample and analyze for pH:
Parameter Test Method Detection Limit
(Min)
Unit
pH Field test with calibrated
portable instrument
0.2 pH units
SAP for Receiving Waters
If the project is risk level 3, describe procedures for obtaining samples from representative and accessible locations:
50 1. Upstream of the discharge point
2. Downstream of the discharge point
Show receiving water sampling locations on SWPPP drawings.
If there are several discharge points, describe procedures for obtaining samples from a single upstream and a single downstream location.
Rain Event Action Plan (REAP)
REAP work includes preparing and submitting REAP forms and monitoring weather forecasts. The WPC Manager must submit a REAP to protect the job site at least 48 hours before a predicted rain event.
Prepare a REAP when the National Weather Service is predicting at least a 50 percent probability of precipitation within 72 hours.
For the REAP, use approved forms and include:
1. Site location
2. Risk level
3. Contact information including 24-hour emergency phone numbers for:
3.1. WPC Manager
3.2. Erosion and sediment control providers or subcontractors
3.3. Storm water sampling providers or subcontractors
4. Storm Information
5. Construction phase information for:
5.1. Highway Construction including active and in active areas for work activities for building roads and structures
5.2. Plant Establishment including maintenance on vegetation installed for final stabilization where areas are inactive
5.3. Suspension where work activities are suspended and areas are inactive
6. Construction phase information including:
6.1. Construction activities
6.2. Subcontractors and trades on the job site
6.3. Pre-storm activities including:
6.3.1. Responsibilities of the WPC Manager
6.3.2. Responsibilities of the crew and crew size
6.3.3. Stabilization for active and inactive disturbed soil areas
6.3.4. Stockpile management
6.3.5. Corrective actions taken for deficiencies identified during pre-storm visual inspection
6.4. Activities to be performed during storm events including:
6.4.1. Responsibilities of the WPC Manager
6.4.2. Responsibilities of the crew and crew size
6.4.3. BMP maintenance and repair
6.5. Description of flood contingency measures
You must have the REAP onsite at least 24 hours before a predicted rain event. A printed copy of each REAP must be at the job site as part of the SWPPP
51 Implement the REAP including mobilizing crews to complete activities no later than 24 hours before precipitation occurs.
IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
SWPPP Implementation
Obtain, install, and maintain a rain gauge at the job site. Observe and record daily precipitation.
Monitor the National Weather Service Forecast Office on a daily basis. For forecasts, go to:
http://www.srh.noaa.gov/forecast
Whenever you or the Engineer identifies a deficiency in the implementation of the approved SWPPP:
1. Correct the deficiency immediately, unless the Engineer agrees to a later date for making the correction
2. Correct the deficiency before precipitation occurs
If you fail to correct the deficiency by the agreed date or before the onset of precipitation, the Department may correct the deficiency and deduct the cost of correcting the deficiency from payment.
Continue SWPPP implementation during any temporary suspension of work activities.
Install WPC practices within 15 days or before predicted precipitation, whichever occurs first.
Numeric Action Levels (NALs)
If the project is risk level 2 or risk level 3, then it is subject to NALs:
Parameter Test Method Detection
Limit (Min)
Unit Numeric Action Limit
pH Field test calibrated
with portable
instrument
0.2 pH units Lower NAL = 6.5 Upper
NAL = 8.5
Turbidity Field test calibrated
with portable
instrument
1 NTU 250 NTU
Numeric Effluent Limits (NELs)
If the project is risk level 3, then it is subject to NELs:
Parameter Test Method Detection
Limit (Min)
Unit Numeric Effluent Limit
pH Field test calibrated
with portable
instrument
0.2 pH units Lower NEL = 6.0 Upper
NEL = 9.0
52 Turbidity Field test calibrated
with portable
instrument
1 NTU 500 NTU
The storm event daily average for storms up to the 5-year, 24-hour storm, must not exceed the NEL for turbidity.
The daily average sampling results must not exceed the NEL for pH.
Storm Water Sampling and Analysis Day
Storm Water Sampling and Analysis Day work includes preparation, collection, analysis, and reporting of storm water samples for turbidity, pH, and other constituents. If the project is risk level 2 or risk level 3, and there is a qualified rain event that produces runoff, comply with the project's SAP for preparation, collection, analysis, and reporting of storm water samples. Collect:
1. Samples for each non-visible pollutant source and a corresponding uncontaminated control sample
2. Samples for turbidity, pH, and other constituents as specified
3. At least 3 samples for each day of each qualifying rain event
4. Samples for all locations where the storm water is discharged off-site
Perform sample collection during:
1. First 2 hours of each qualified rain event that produces runoff
2. Normal working hours
If the project is risk level 3, obtain receiving water samples.
You are not required to physically collect samples during dangerous weather conditions such as flooding or electrical storms.
If downstream samples show increased levels, assess WPC practices, site conditions, and surrounding influences to determine the probable cause for the increase.
Inspection
The WPC Manager must oversee inspections for WPC practices identified in the SWPPP:
1. Before a forecasted storm
2. After precipitation that causes site runoff
3. At 24-hour intervals during extended precipitation
4. On a predetermined schedule, a minimum of once a week
The WPC Manager must oversee daily inspections of:
1. Storage areas for hazardous materials and waste
2. Hazardous waste disposal and transporting activities
3. Hazardous material delivery and storage activities
4. WPC practices specified under "Construction Site Management" of these special provisions
The WPC Manager must use the Storm Water Site Inspection Report provided in the Preparation
53 Manual.
The WPC Manager must prepare BMP status reports that include the following:
1. Location and quantity of installed WPC practices
2. Location and quantity of disturbed soil for the active or inactive areas
Within 24 hours of finishing the weekly inspection, the WPC Manager must submit:
1. Copy of the completed site inspection report
2. Copy of the BMP status report
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Storm Water Annual Report
Storm Water Annual Report work includes certifications, monitoring and inspection results, and obtaining Storm Water Annual Report acceptance. The WPC Manager must prepare a Storm Water Annual Report. The report must:
1. Use an approved report format
2. Include project information including description and location
3. Include storm water monitoring information including:
3.1. Summary and evaluation of sampling and analysis results including laboratory reports
3.2. Analytical methods, reporting units, detections limits for analytical parameters
3.3. Summary of corrective actions
3.4. Identification of corrective actions or compliance activities that were not implemented
3.5. Summary of violations
3.6. Names of individuals performing storm water inspections and sampling
3.7. Logistical information for inspections and sampling including location, date, time, and precipitation
3.8. Visual observations and sample collection records
4. Include documentation on training for:
4.1. Individuals responsible for NPDES permit compliance
4.2. Individuals responsible for BMP installation, inspection, maintenance, and repair
4.3. Individuals responsible for preparing, revising, and amending the SWPPP NAL Exceedance Report
If the project is risk level 2 or risk level 3 and an effluent sample exceeds a NAL, notify the Engineer and submit a NAL Exceedance Report no later than 48 hours after the conclusion of the storm event. The report must:
1. Include the following field sampling results and inspections:
1.1. Analytical methods, reporting units, and detection limits
1.2. Date, location, time of sampling, visual observation and measurements
1.3. Quantity of precipitation of the storm event
2. Description of BMPs and corrective actions taken to manage NAL exceedance
NEL Violation Report
If the project is risk level 3 and an NEL is exceeded, notify the Engineer and submit a NEL Violation
54 Report within 6 hours. The report must:
1. Include the following field sampling results and inspections:
1.1. Analytical methods, reporting units, and detection limits
1.2. Date, location, time of sampling, visual observations and measurements
1.3. Quantity of precipitation of the storm event
2. Description of BMPs and corrective actions taken to manage NEL exceedance
If the project is risk level 2 or risk level 3, submit all sampling results to the Engineer no later than 48 hours after the conclusion of a storm event.
PAYMENT
The contract lump sum price paid for “Water Pollution Control” includes full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in street sweeping, including disposal of collected material, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications, these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
The contract lump sum price paid for prepare storm water pollution prevention plan includes full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in preparing, obtaining approval of, and amending the SWPPP and CSMP, inspecting water pollution control practices, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
The City does not adjust payment for an increase or decrease in the quantity of storm water sampling and analysis day.
You may request or the Engineer may order laboratory analysis of storm water samples. Laboratory analysis of storm water samples will be paid for as extra work under Section 4- 1.05D, "Extra Work," of the State Standard Specifications.
The City does not pay for the preparation, collection, laboratory analysis, and reporting of storm water samples for non-visible pollutants if WPC practices are not implemented before precipitation or if a failure of a WPC practice is not corrected before precipitation.
The City does not pay for implementation of WPC practices in areas outside the highway right- of- way not specifically provided for in the plans or in the special provisions.
The City does not pay for WPC practices installed at your construction support facilities.
WPC practices for which there are separate bid items of work are measured and paid for as those bid items of work.
STREET SWEEPING
This work includes street sweeping.
The SWPPP must describe and include the use of street sweeping as a water pollution control practice for sediment control and tracking control.
55 Submittals
At least 5 business days before starting clearing and grubbing, earthwork, or other activities with the potential for tracking sediment or debris, submit:
1. Number of sweepers described in the SWPPP
2. Type of sweeper technology
Quality Control and Assurance
Retain and submit records of street sweeping including:
1. Quantity of sweeping waste disposal
2. Sweeping times and locations
CONSTRUCTION
Street Sweepers
Sweepers must use one of these technologies:
1. Mechanical sweeper followed by a vacuum-assisted sweeper
2. Vacuum-assisted dry (waterless) sweeper
3. Regenerative-air sweeper
Operation
Street sweeping must be done at:
1. Paved roads at job site entrance and exit locations
2. Paved areas within the job site that flow to storm drains or water bodies
Street sweeping must be done:
1. During clearing and grubbing activities
2. During earthwork activities
3. During trenching activities
4. During roadway structural section activities
5. When vehicles are entering and leaving the job site
6. After soil disturbing activities
7. After observing offsite tracking of material
Monitor paved areas and roadway within the jobsite. Street sweeping must be done:
1. Within 1 hour, if sediment or debris is observed during activities that require sweeping
2. Within 24 hours, if sediment or debris is observed during activities that do not require sweeping
At least 1 sweeper must be on the job site at all times when sweeping work is required. The sweeper must be in good working order.
Perform street sweeping to minimize dust. If dust generation is excessive or sediment pickup is ineffective, use water or a vacuum.
You may stockpile collected material on the jobsite according to the approved SWPPP. Dispose
56 of collected material at least once per week.
Material collected during street sweeping must be removed and disposed of under Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Street Right of Way," of the Standard Specifications.
Your WPCM must inspect paved roads at job site access points:
1. Daily if earthwork and other sediment or debris generating activities occur daily
2. Weekly if earthwork and other sediment or debris generating activities do not occur daily
3. When the National Weather Service predicts precipitation with a probability of at least 30 percent
The contract lump sum price paid for “Street Sweeping” includes full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in street sweeping, including disposal of collected material, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications, these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
SURVEYING SERVICES
The Contractor will arrange for performance of survey work and construction layout and will be responsible for the accuracy of surveying adequate for construction. The selection of a Surveyor by the Contractor will be subject to approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall preserve construction survey stakes and marks for the duration of their usefulness. If any construction survey stakes are lost or disturbed and need to be replaced, such replacement shall be by the Surveyor at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor will dig all holes necessary for line and grade stakes.
Full cost of providing surveys shall be borne exclusively by the Contractor.
Payment for "Surveying Services," shall be at the contract lump sum price as set forth in the proposal and shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
MONUMENTATION
As of the date of the start of Notice to Proceed (NTP), the contractor shall comply with preservation of all survey monuments as shown on record maps and on the project plan of the job site.
As required in the Business and Professional Code Section §8771, when monuments exist that control the location of subdivisions, tracts, boundaries, roads, streets, or highways, or provide horizontal or vertical survey control, the monuments shall be located and referenced by or under the direction of a licensed land surveyor or registered civil engineer prior to the time when any streets, highways, other rights-of-way, or easem ents are improved, constructed, reconstructed, maintained, resurfaced, or relocated, and a corner record or record of survey of the references shall be filed with the county surveyor prior to any construction.
The decision to file either the required corner record or a record of survey pursuant to subdivision shall be at the election of the licensed land surveyor or registered civil engineer submitting the document.
If a survey monument is destroyed after the NTP, the Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement of the monument.
57 A survey monument will be considered destroyed that has been:
• Moved more than 0.02 ft in any direction from the ties provided by and certified by a Licensed Land Surveyor
• Broken.
• Disturbed to a point that the survey monument’s position is no longer fixed or stable. • Removed from the ground for any reason.
• Vertically adjusted without the written authorization of the City Engineer.
Adjustment of survey monuments shall be complet ed under the direction of a Land Surveyor or a Registered Engineer licensed to practice in the State of California. The City Engineer or the City Surveyor shall be provided with the final positional data (both horizontal and/or vertical), along with certification by the Land Surveyor licensed by the St ate of California supervising the work that the position of adjusted monument meets the specificat ion that the horizontal position is maintained within 0.01 ft of the original position of the monument and/or that the vertical position shall be within
0.006 ft relative to the measured difference between the original and the final adjusted vertical position of the monument. A corner record or record of survey shall be filed with the county surveyor to satisfy Business and Professional Code Section §8771.
DESTROYED SURVEY MONUMENT
Any survey monument that is destroyed after the date of the start of work, and the responsible party is unclear or not determinable, the monument shall be replaced by the City of Merced, unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer, and there shall be a $2,000.00 deduction from the cost of the contract in favor of the City of Merced.
REMOVE EXISTING SURVEY MONUMENT
This shall include the cost of: removing, cleaning and storing existing monument, frame and cover; making arrangement for pickup; and disposal of damaged or unusable monument, frame and cover.
INSTALL NEW MONUMENT FRAME AND COVER
This shall include the cost of purchasing and installing the new frame and cover; removing and disposing existing frame and cover.
RESET EXISTING MONUMENT FRAME AND COVER
This shall include the cost of removing, cleaning, and resetting existing frame and cover.
VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT OF EXISTING SURVEY MONUMENT
This shall include the cost of: removing, cleaning, and reinstalling existing frame and cover; reestablishing the point of elevation and the theoretical position value. The price shall also include the filing of all necessary documents with the proper agencies.
Where all or part of a project is within the City of Merced limits, the Contractor shall adhere to the City of Merced Survey Monument Specificat ion – M-5 - SURVEY MONUMENTATION for those monuments that are part of the project within the city limits.
Payment will be made only if monument(s) may be affected by the proposed work, and then only
58 for ordinary and necessary expenses of compliance with this section.
Payment for “Monumentation,” will be made only if monuments are affected within the proposed work and shall be at the contract unit price for two (2) items “Monumentation” and “Survey Monument Wells” as set forth in the proposal and shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNS
The contractor shall furnish and maintain four (4) changeable message signs.
GENERAL
Summary
Work includes furnishing, placing, operating, maintaining, and removing portable changeable message signs.
Comply with Section 12-3.32 "Portable Changeable Message Signs," of the Standard Specifications.
Definitions
useable shoulder area: Paved or unpaved contiguous surface adjacent to the traveled way with:
1. Sufficient weight bearing capacity to support portable changeable message sign
2. Slope not greater than 6:1 (horizontal:vertical)
Submittals
Upon request, submit a Certificate of Compliance for each portable changeable message sign under Section 6-2.03C, "Certificates of Compliance," of the Standard Specifications.
Quality Control and Assurance
Comply with the manufacturer's operating instructions for portable changeable message sign. Approaching drivers must be able to read the entire message for all phases at least twice at the posted speed limit before passing portable changeable message sign. You may use more than 1 portable changeable message sign to meet this requirement.
Only display the message shown on the plans or ordered by the Engineer or specified in these special provisions.
MATERIALS
Portable changeable message sign must have 24-hour timer control or remote control capability.
The text of the message displayed on portable changeable message sign must not scroll, or travel horizontally or vertically across the face of the message panel.
CONSTRUCTION
Continuously repeat the entire message in no more than 2 phases of at least 3 seconds per phase. If useable shoulder area is at least 15 feet wide, the displayed message on
59 portable changeable message sign must be minimum 18-inch character height. If useable shoulder area is less than 15 feet wide, you may use a smaller message panel with minimum 12-inch character height to prevent encroachment in the traveled way.
Start displaying the message on portable changeable message sign 15 minutes before closing the lane. Place portable changeable message sign in advance of the first warning sign for:
1. Each stationary lane closure
For 5 days starting on the day of signal activation, place 1 portable changeable message sign in each direction of travel and display the message, "SIGNAL AHEAD -- PREPARE TO STOP." Place portable changeable message sign as far from the traveled way as practicable where it is legible to traffic and does not encroach on the traveled way. Place portable changeable sign before or at the crest of vertical roadway curvature where it is visible to approaching traffic. Avoid placing portable changeable message sign within or immediately after horizontal roadway curvature. Where possible, place portable changeable message sign behind guardrail or temporary railing (Type K).
Except where placed behind guardrail or temporary railing (Type K) use traffic control for shoulder closure to delineate portable changeable message sign.
Remove portable changeable message sign when not in use.
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Payment for "Portable Changeable Message Signs,” shall be at the contract unit price as set forth in the proposal and shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
Portable changeable message signs ordered by the Engineer in excess of the number shown on the plans or specified in these special provisions will be paid for as extra work under Section 4-1.05, "Changes and Extra Work," of the Standard Specifications.
AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
Record Drawings shall be submitted before the notic e of completion is filed and must include the following:
• Shall be submitted on Mylar, at least 24”x 36”, and shall bear the name, address, telephone number of the firm preparing the drawings and in electronic (AutoCAD) format. • Surveyor’s/Engineers statement (with embossed or wet seal and with and original signature on each sheet) shall verify the as-built drawings reflect the true conditions in the field. • Contractor’s statement (with original signature on each sheet) shall verify all construction specifications and product qualities have been met or exceeded. • “AS-BUILT DRAWINGS” or “RECORD DRAWINGS” shall be clearly labeled on each sheet. • The location and elevation of the benchmark referenced will be shown on the drawing. • Corrected placement, grade, elevation and alignment of roads, water system, sewer and storm system, lighting system and appurtenances, pipe sizes, material changes, shall all be shown on as-built drawing.
60 • All horizontal distances shall be shown to the nearest tenth of a foot (0.1’). All elevations shall be shown to the nearest five hundredths of a foot (0.05’).
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the price paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be made.
61 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR:
Community Park- 42
City of Merced
January, 2023
BID SUBMITTAL
Prepared by:
1165 Scenic Drive,
Suite A
Modesto
CA 95350
Phone: (209) 571-1765
Fax: (209) 571-2466
www.odellengineering.com
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
62 TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTIONS PAGES
BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS .............................................................................................................................................. 64 DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
BY OTHERS
DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 012500 – SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES ......................................................................................................... 87 SECTION 013100 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION ............................................................................. 90 SECTION 013300 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................. 98 SECTION 015000 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ..................................................................................... 107 SECTION 017700 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................. 113 SECTION 017839 – PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................... 118 DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS- NOT USED
DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE
SECTION 032000 – CONCRETE REINFORCING ............................................................................................................ 122 SECTION 033000 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ........................................................................................................... 125 DIVISION 04 –9-NOT USED
DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES
SECTION 101419 – PANEL SIGNAGE ........................................................................................................................... 149 DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT
SECTION 116800 – PLAY FIELD EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURES ................................................................................. 161 DIVISION 12– 21 – NOT USED
DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING
SECTION 221313 – FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS ........................................................................................................ 167 DIVISION 23– 25 – NOT USED
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL
SECTION 260500 – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ........................................................................... 176 SECTION 260519 – CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ......................................................................................................... 184 SECTION 260526 – GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ............................................................. 192 SECTION 260533 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES ............................................................................................................... 196 SECTION 262200 – DISTRIBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS .................................................................................. 206 SECTION 262413 – SWITCHBOARDS ........................................................................................................................... 211 SECTION 262416 – PANELBOARDS ............................................................................................................................. 216 SECTION 262811 – OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICES ......................................................................................... 221 COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
BID SUBMITTAL
63 TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 265600 – EXTERIOR LIGHTING ..................................................................................................................... 229 DIVISION 27-30 – NOT USED
DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK
SECTION 311000 – SITE CLEARING ............................................................................................................................. 232 SECTION 312000 – EARTH MOVING ........................................................................................................................... 239 SECTION 313213.16 – FDR-C PROCESS ....................................................................................................................... 253 SECTION 313213.16 – STABILIZED SOIL ...................................................................................................................... 262 SECTION 315000 – EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION .................................................................................. 265 DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
SECTION 321216 – ASPHALT PAVING ......................................................................................................................... 269 SECTION 321313 – CONCRETE PAVING ...................................................................................................................... 276 SECTION 321373 – CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS ........................................................................................... 290 SECTION 321723 – PAVEMENT MARKINGS ................................................................................................................ 295 SECTION 321726 – TACTILE WARNING SURFACE ....................................................................................................... 298 SECTION 321816.13 – PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING ................................................................................. 303 SECTION 323113 – CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES .................................................................................................. 310 SECTION 323119 – DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES .................................................................................... 321 SECTION 323300 – SITE FURNISHINGS ....................................................................................................................... 331 SECTION 328400 – PLANTING IRRIGATION ................................................................................................................ 338 SECTION 329113 – SOIL PREPARATION ...................................................................................................................... 349 SECTION 329200 – TURF AND GRASSES ..................................................................................................................... 361 SECTION 329300 – PLANTS ........................................................................................................................................ 368 DIVISION 33 – UTILITES
SECTION 330500 – COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR UTILITIES ................................................................................... 384 SECTION 331100 – WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING AND APPURTENANCES.................................................... 388 SECTION 334200– STORMWATER CONVEYANCE ....................................................................................................... 390 DIVISION 34 – 48 – NOT USED
END OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
64 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
The descriptions below are general descriptions and do not include estimated quantities. See plans and bid summary for estimated quantities. Esti mated quantities are provided as a courtesy only. Actual numbers and quantities of symbols on plans prevail.
Bid Schedule ‘A’ – Base Bid
Bid Item 1 - Permits, Bonds, Licenses & Insurance:
The lump sum bid for this item shall include all costs for permits, bonds, licenses and insurance. The item also includes all charges and fees, and give all notices necess ary and incidental to the pr osecution of the work as required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 2 - Public Convenience and Safety:
The lump sum bid for this item shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all work necessary for the completion of this item as required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 3 - Water Pollution Control:
The lump sum bid for this item shall also include preparation of storm water pollution prevention plan including all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing al l the work involved in preparing, obtaining approval of, and amending the SWPPP and CSMP, inspecting water pollution control practices, as required by the Drawings and Specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. Item also includes implementation of water pollution prevention plan in cluding all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals.
Bid Item 4 - Street Sweeping:
The lump sum bid for this item includes full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in street sweeping, including disposal of collected material, as required by the Drawings and Specifications, and as directed by the Engineer.
Bid Item 5 - Surveying Services:
The lump sum bid for this item includes shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
Bid Item 6 - Monumentation:
The lump sum bid for this item will be made only if monuments are affected within the proposed work and shall be at the contract unit price for two (2) items as set forth in the proposal and shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
Bid Item 7 - Portable Changeable Message Signs:
COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
65 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
The lump sum bid for this item shall be at the contract unit price as set forth in the proposal and shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipmen t, and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
Bid Item 8 - Site Preparation (Clearing, Grubbing, & Disposal):
The lump sum bid for this item shall include all costs for soil clearing, grubbing and removal. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work require d by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 9 - Soil Import:
The lump sum bid for this item shall include all costs for soil import per landscape and civil plans. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work requi red by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 10 - Site Grading (Mass/Fine):
The square footage bid for this item shall include all cost s for rough grading, fine grading, and if needed, soil removal and disposal. The item also includes labor, ma terials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 11 - 30” Storm Drainage Line:
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage systems structur es, solid and perforated piping, fitt ings and components, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, mate rials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 12 - 24” Storm Drain Line:
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage systems structur es, solid and perforated piping, fitt ings and components, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, mate rials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 13 - 18” Storm Drain Line:
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage systems structur es, solid and perforated piping, fitt ings and components, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, mate rials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 14 - 12” Storm Drain Line:
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage systems structur es, solid and perforated piping, fitt ings and components, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, mate rials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 15 - 10” Storm Drain Line:
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage systems structur es, solid and perforated piping, fitt ings and components, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, mate rials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
66 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
Bid Item 16 - 8” Storm Drain Line:
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage systems structur es, solid and perforated piping, fitt ings and components, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also incl udes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 17 - 6” Storm Drain Line:
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage systems structur es, solid and perforated piping, fitt ings and components, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, mate rials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 18 - Storm Drainage Manholes:
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of storm drainage manholes, and related components and connections to storm draina ge system, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work requi red by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 19 - Type “C” Catch Basins:
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage system inlet structures, and related components, as indicated on the Drawings as well as finish grading of landscape areas to meet rim and invert elev ations. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 20 - Storm Drain Area Drains:
The unit price bid for this item shal l include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage system inlet structures, and related components, as indicated on the Drawings as well as finish grading of landscape areas to meet rim and invert ele vations. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 21 - Storm Drain Area Outfalls:
The unit price bid for this item sha ll include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage system outfall structures, and related components, as indicated on the Drawings as well as finish grading of landscape areas to meet rim and invert elevations. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specific ations which is not specific ally set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 22 - 4” Sewer Line:
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional sanitary sewer system structures, solid piping, fittin gs and components, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 23 - 6” Sewer Line:
The linear footage price bid for this item shall incl ude all costs for purchase and installation of fully COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
67 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
functional sanitary sewer system structures, solid pi ping, fittings and components, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work requir ed by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 24 - Sewer Manhole
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of sanitary sewer manholes, and related components and connections to sanitary sewer system, as in dicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work requi red by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 25 - Sewer Cleanout
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs fo r purchase and installation of sanitary sewer cleanout, and related components and connections to sanitary se wer system, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work requi red by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 26 - Connect to Existing Sewer Manhole
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs fo r purchase, lane closure/road control, line trenching, placement, backfill, and connection to City Sewer System with traffic rated boxes as indicated on the Drawings.
The item also includes labor, materials and all other wo rk required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid form as a pay item.
Bid Item 27 - 10” Water Line (Irrigation Main)
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional water system structures, solid piping, fittings and components, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 28 - 3” Water Line
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional water system structures, solid piping, fittings and components, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 29 - 1” Water Line
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional water system structures, solid piping, fittings and components, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 30 - 10” Water Meter
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of water meters, reducer connections, and final connections to the water systems in locations indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials, and all other work required by Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
68 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
Bid Item 31 - 3” Water Meter
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of water meters, reducer connections, and final connections to the water systems in locations indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials, and all other work required by Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 32 -Connect to Existing Water Main
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, lane closure/road control, line trenching, placement, backfill, and connection to City Water system with traffic rated boxes as indicated on the Drawings.
The item also includes labor, materials and all other wo rk required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid form as a pay item.
Bid Item 33 -10” Water Line (Offsite)
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of water meters, reducer connections, and final connections to the water systems in locations indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials, and all other work required by Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 34 -Fire Hydrant Assembly:
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fire hydrant assembly, and related components and connections to water syst em, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work requir ed by the Drawings and Spec ifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 35 -Electrical:
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of a fully functional electrical power and lighting system, including switchboard, panels, transformers, grounding, conduits, pullboxes, conductors, light fixtures (including poles), devices and equipment as indicated on the Drawings and Specifications within Division 26. For light poles and structures listed as bid alternate within this contract, the bidder shall provide a N16 pullbox at the termination point/location as part of base bid. This item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 36 - Parking Lot Light Pole – 4 head fixture (Site Feature ‘40’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of parking lot light poles, 4- head fixtures, foundations, and power conductors in areas indicated on the Drawings (conduits & boxes are already part of the base bid). Th e item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 37 - Parking Lot Light Pole – Single head fixture (Site Feature ‘33’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of parking lot light poles, single head fixtures, foundations, and power conductors in areas indicated on the Drawings (conduits & boxes are already part of the base bid). The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 38 - Pedestrian Light Pole with Fixture (Site Feature ‘15’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of pedestrian light poles, conduits, conductors, and pullboxes as identified on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
69 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 39 - Concrete Flatwork (Site Finish ‘A’):
The square foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for installation, soil preparation forming, sub- grade compaction, concrete additives, pigments and sealers, pouring concrete pavement, finishing, joints, and joint sealants in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 40 - Asphalt Parking Lot with Striping (Site Finish ‘B’):
The square footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, and preparation of asphalt surfacing in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 41 - Plexipave Surfacing Tennis Court Field (Site Finish ‘C’):
The square footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation and preparation of Plexipave court including surfacing and the flatwork in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 42 - Plexipave Surfacing Tennis Court Striping (Site Finish ‘D’):
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation and preparation of Plexipave court striping included on the surfacing in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 43 - Plexipave Surfacing Futsal Court Field (Site Finish ‘H’):
The square footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation and preparation of Plexipave court including surfacing and the flatwork in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 44 - Plexipave Surfacing Futs al Court Striping (Site Finish ‘I’):
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation and preparation of Plexipave court striping included on the surfacing in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 45 -Sand Volleyball Courts (Site Finish ‘E’):
The square foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for installation and preparation of sand volleyball courts including sub-grade compaction and edging in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 46 - 12” Wide Concrete Mow Curb (Site Feature ‘1’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, forming, sub-grade, COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
70 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
reinforcement and compaction, concrete additives, sealers, pouring concrete band, broom finish and joints in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, ma terials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 47 - 12” Wide Concrete Curb at Volleyball Courts (Site Feature ‘3’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, forming, sub-grade, reinforcement and compaction, concrete additives, sealers, pouring concrete curb, broom finish and joints in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 48 - Thickened Sidewalk Edge at Playground (Site Feature ‘2’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, forming, sub-grade, reinforcement and compaction, aggregate base, concrete additives, sealers, pouring thickened concrete curbs, broom finish and joints in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 49 - Parking Lot Curbs- Vertical/ Flush (Site Feature ‘23’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, forming, sub-grade, reinforcement and compaction, aggregate base, concrete additives, sealers, pouring concrete curbs, broom finish and joints in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes la bor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 50 - Parking Lot Curb & Gutter (Site Feature ‘23’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, forming, sub-grade, reinforcement and compaction, aggregate base, concrete additives, sealers, pouring concrete curbs, broom finish and joints in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes la bor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 51 - Vertical Curb at Dr op-Off Area (Site Feature ‘42’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, forming, sub-grade, reinforcement and compaction, aggregate base, concrete additives, sealers, pouring concrete curbs, broom finish and joints in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes la bor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 52 - Truncated Domes (Site Feature ‘43’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, forming, concrete additives, pigments and sealers, saw cutting, cast-in-place truncated domes, and joints in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, mate rials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 53 - Parking Lot Rolle d Curb (Site Feature ‘45’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, forming, sub-grade, reinforcement and compaction, aggregate base, concrete additives, sealers, pouring concrete curbs, broom finish and joints in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes la bor, materials and all other COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
71 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 54 - AC Dike:
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, and preparation of asphalt dike in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 55 - 2x4 Header at Limit of Phase 1 (Site Feature ‘50’):
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, and preparation of header in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 56 - Thickened Sidewalk Edge at Volleyball Courts (Site Feature ‘51’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, forming, sub-grade, reinforcement and compaction, aggregate base, concrete additives, sealers, pouring thickened concrete curbs, broom finish and joints in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 57 - Directional Signage (Site Feature ‘5’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for material purchase and installation of directional signage, and post and footing as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 58 - Field Location Signage (Site Feature ‘6’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for material purchase and installation of field location signage, and post and footing as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 59 - Removable Bollards (Site Feature ‘7’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of removable bollards, footings, and fasteners in locations indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 60 - Fixed Bollards (Site Feature ‘8’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fixed bollards, footings, and fasteners in locations indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 61 - Picnic Tables (Site Feature ‘9’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of picnic tables, mounting hardware and adhesive, per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
72 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 62 - Accessible Picnic Tables (Site Feature ‘10’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of ADA picnic tables, mounting hardware and adhesive, per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 63 - Bench (Site Feature ‘11’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of benches, mounting hardware and adhesive, per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 64 - Drinking Fountain (Site Feature ‘12’)
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of a fully functioning bi- level drinking fountain with bottle filler in location shown on Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item. Water line, backflow prev enter and sewer line shall be part of Bid Item 11.
Bid Item 65 - Volleyball poles, Ground Sleeves, and Net (Site Feature ‘13’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of a volleyball pole equipment, footings, sleeves, and net as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 66 - Dual Post Football Goal (Site Feature ‘14’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of a dual post football goal and footings sleeves as indicated on the Drawings. Th e item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 67 - Soccer Goal and Net (Site Feature ‘16’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of a dual soccer goal and net as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 68 - Restroom / Concessions Building (Site Feature ‘17’):
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of a fully functioning prefabricated restroom and concessions building as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item. Contractor shall also be responsible for coordinating and securing applicable building permit/s prior to installation.
Bid Item 69 - ADA Ramp with Truncated Domes (Site Feature ‘18’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of ADA Ramp with truncated domes in locations indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
73 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 70 - ADA Parking Signage (Site Feature ‘19’):
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for material purchase and installation of ADA parking signage, and post and footing as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 71 - Tow-Away Signage (Site Feature ‘20’):
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for material purchase and installation of tow- away signage, and post and footing as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 72 - No Parking Signage (Site Feature ‘21’):
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for material purchase and installation of no parking signage, and post and footing as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 73 - Drop-off Signage (Site Feature ‘22’):
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for material purchase and installation of drop-off signage, and post and footing as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 74 - Restroom Building (Site Feature ‘27’):
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of a fully functioning prefabricated restroom building as indicated on the Drawings. The item also in cludes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item. Contractor shall also be responsible for coordinating and securing applicable building permit/s prior to installation.
Bid Item 75 - Tree Grate (Site Feature ‘30’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of tree grates in locations indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 76 - Chain Link Fence at Tennis Court (Site Feature ‘31’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of chain link fence panels, rails, posts and footings, and all hardware and fasteners in locations indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 77 - Chain Link Gate at Tennis Court (Site Feature ‘32’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of chain link gate and panels, rails, posts and footings, and all hardware and fasteners in locations indicated on the Drawings.
COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
74 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 78 -Chain Link Fence at Futsal Court (Site Feature ‘34’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of chain link fence panels, rails, posts and footings, and all hardware and fasteners in locations indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 79 - Chain Link Gate at Futsal Court (Site Feature ‘35’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of chain link gate and panels, rails, posts and footings, and all hardware and fasteners in locations indicated on the Drawings.
The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 80 -Decorative Fence at Futsal Court (Site Feature ‘36’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of chain link gate and panels, rails, posts and footings, and all hardware and fasteners in locations indicated on the Drawings.
The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 81 -Bike Rack (Site Feature ‘37’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of bike racks, mounting hardware and adhesive, per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 82 - Tubular Steel Gates at Vehicular Entry (Site Feature ‘38’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of tubular steel gates and mounting hardware per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 83 - Waste Receptacle Corrals (Site Feature ‘39’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of waste receptacle corral, mounting hardware and adhesive, per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 84 - Tennis Posts and Ground Sleeves (Site Feature ‘41’) The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of all pickleball posts, footing, and sleeves as indicated on the Drawings. Th e item also includes materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 85 - No Camping/Over Night Parking Signage at Park Entry (Site Feature ‘44’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for material purchase and installation of field marker identification signage, and post and footing as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
75 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 86 - No Camping/Over Night Parking Signage at Restroom Buildings (Site Feature ‘46’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for material purchase and installation of field marker identification signage, and post and footing as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 87 - Park Welcome Signage (Site Feature ‘47’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for material purchase and installation of park welcome signage, and post and footing as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 88 - Park Rules Signage (Site Feature ‘48’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for material purchase and installation of park rules signage, and post and footing as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 89 - Doggie-Pot Waste Station (Site Feature ‘49’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for material purchase and installation of doggie-pot waste station, and post and footing as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 90 - Futsal Goal and Net (Site Feature ‘54’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of a dual soccer goal and net as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 91 -Soil Preparation & Amendment:
The square foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for soil testing, purchase and installation of fertilizers, organic material and soil conditioners as indicated by soil laboratory tests (contractor responsibility) and as indicated on the Drawings and Specifications. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 92 - Turf Hydroseed- Sports Field Blend:
The square foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for soil testing, purchase and installation of fertilizers, organic material and soil conditioners as indicated by soil laboratory tests (contractor responsibility), and turf hydroseed as indicated on the planting plans, details and specifications. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 93 - Turf Hydroseed:
The square foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for soil testing, purchase and installation of fertilizers, organic material and soil conditioners as indicated by soil laboratory tests (contractor COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
76 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
responsibility), and turf hydroseed as indicated on the planting plans, details and specifications. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 94 - 1 Gallon Shrubs:
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fertilizers, fertilizer packs, as indicated by soil laboratory tests (contractor responsibility), and purchase and installation of 1-gallon shrubs as indicated on the Drawings and Specifications. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 95 - 24” Box Trees:
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fertilizers, fertilizer packs, as indicated by soil laboratory tests (contractor responsibility), stakes, tree ties, and purchase and installation of 24” box trees as indicated on the Drawings and Specifications. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 96 - Tree Root Barriers:
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of root barriers as indicated on planting plans and details. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 97 - Top Dressing- Decorative Bark Mulch:
The square foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of a 3” depth of organic mulch as indicated on the Drawings and Specifications. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 98 - Irrigation System:
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of irrigation pipe, equipment, heads, bubblers, wires, remote control valves, sensors, backflow preventer, fittings, and all other miscellaneous irrigation components for a fully functioning irrigation system as indicated on the Drawings and Specifications as required in the field. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 99 - Irrigation Controller:
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of controller and pad as indicated on the Drawings and Specifications as required in the field. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 100 - Irrigation Point of Connection:
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of new point of connection – water meter, backflow preventer, booster pump and all other miscellaneous irrigation components for a fully functioning irrigation point of connection as indicated on the Drawings and Specifications as required in the field. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
77 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 101 - Landscape Maintenance Period (180 Days):
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for maintaining installed landscape areas for a period of 180 days as indicated on the Drawings as well as replacements for plants and equipment. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 102 - FDR-C Process (1.0’):
The square footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for installation and preparation of sub-grade using Full Depth Reclamation-Cement (FDR-C) in the areas indicated on the Drawings. This item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS – ADD ALTERNATES
Bid Schedule ‘B’ - Add Alternative #1
Bid Item 1 - Permits, Bonds, Licenses & Insurance
The lump sum bid for this item shall include all costs for permits, bonds, licenses and insurance. The item also includes all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the prosecution of the work as required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 2 - Public Convenience and Safety
The lump sum bid for this item shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all work necessary for the completion of this item as required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 3 - Site Grading (Mass/Fine):
The square footage bid for this item shall include all costs for rough grading, fine grading, and if needed, soil removal and disposal. The item also includes labor, ma terials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 4 - 6” Storm Drain Line:
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage systems structur es, solid and perforated piping, fitt ings and components, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, mate rials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 5 - Storm Drain Area Drains:
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage system inlet structures, and related components, as indicated on the Drawings as well as finish grading of landscape areas to meet rim and invert ele vations. The item also include s labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
78 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
Bid Item 6 - Pedestrian Light Poles w/Fixture (Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature ‘13’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of pedestrian light poles, conduits, conductors, and pullboxes as identified on th e Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 7 - Concrete Flatwork: (Add. Alt. #1 Site Finish ‘1’):
The square foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for installation, soil preparation forming, sub- grade compaction, concrete additives, pigments and sealers, pouring concrete pavement, finishing, joints, and joint sealants in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 8 - Rubberized Play Surfacing – 01 (2-5 Area) (Add. Alt. #1 Site Finish ‘2’):
The square foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of rubberized play surfacing wear layer and cushion layer as indicated on the Drawings, in the construction details and with manufacturers’ certifications. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 9 - Rubberized Play Surfacing – 02 (2-5 Area) (Add. Alt. #1 Site Finish ‘3’):
The square foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of rubberized play surfacing wear layer and cushion layer as indicated on the Drawings, in the construction details and with manufacturers’ certifications. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 10 - Rubberized Play Surfacing – 01 (5-12 Area) (Add. Alt. #1 Site Finish ‘4’):
The square foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of rubberized play surfacing wear layer and cushion layer as indicated on the Drawings, in the construction details and with manufacturers’ certifications. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 11 - Rubberized Play Surfacing – 01 (5-12 Area) (Add. Alt. #1 Site Finish ‘5’):
The square foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of rubberized play surfacing wear layer and cushion layer as indicated on the Drawings, in the construction details and with manufacturers’ certifications. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 12 - Play Area Base Preparation (Add. Alt. #1 Site Finishes ‘2’ – ‘5’):
The square foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for installation, soil preparation forming, sub- grade compaction, and aggregate base (per grading plans) under all rubberized play surfacing areas as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes la bor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 13 - Thickened Sidewalk Edge at Play Area (Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature ‘11’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, forming, sub-grade, reinforcement and compaction, aggregate base, concrete additives, sealers, pouring thickened concrete curbs, broom finish and joints in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
79 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 14 - 12” wide Concrete Mow Curb (Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature '12’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, forming, sub-grade, reinforcement and compaction, concrete additives, sealers, pouring concrete band, broom finish and joints in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 15 - Chain Link Fence with concrete curb below fence behind Soccer Goals (Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature ’19’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of chain link fence panels, rails, posts, footings, concrete curb, and all hardware and fasteners in locations indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 16 - Play Equipment (2-5) (Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature ‘7’):
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all co sts for purchase, shipment, and installation of all 2-5 play equipment, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 17 - Play Equipment (5-12) (Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature ‘8’):
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, shipment, and installation of all 5-12 play equipment, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 18 - Picnic Tables (Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature ‘9’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of picnic tables, mounting hardware and adhesive, per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 19 - Accessible Picnic Tables (Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature ’10’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of ADA picnic tables, mounting hardware and adhesive, per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 20 - Bike Rack (Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature ‘17’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of bike racks, mounting hardware and adhesive, per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 21 - Waste Receptacle Corrals (Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature ‘15’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of waste receptacle corral, mounting hardware and adhesive, per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
80 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
Bid Item 22 - Doggie-Pot Waste Station (Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature ‘16’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for material purchase and installation of doggie-pot waste station, and post and footing as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 23 - Removable Bollard (Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature ‘14’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of removable bollards, footings, and fasteners in locations indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 24 - Field Marker Identification Signage (Add. Alt. #1 Site Feature '20’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for material purchase and installation of field marker identification signage, and post and footing as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 25 - Soil Preparation & Amendment:
The square foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for soil testing, purchase and installation of fertilizers, organic material and soil conditioners as indicated by soil laboratory tests (contractor responsibility) and as indicated on the Drawings and Specifications. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 26 - 1 Gallon Shrubs:
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fertilizers, fertilizer packs, as indicated by soil laboratory tests (contractor responsibility), and purchase and installation of 1-gallon shrubs as indicated on the Drawings and Specifications. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 27 - 24” Box Trees:
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fertilizers, fertilizer packs, as indicated by soil laboratory tests (contractor responsibility), stakes, tree ties, and purchase and installation of 24” box trees as indicated on the Drawings and Specifications. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 28 - Tree Root Barriers:
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of root barriers as indicated on planting plans and details. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 29 - Top Dressing- Decorative Bark Mulch:
The square foot price bid for this item shall include a ll costs for purchase and inst allation of a 3” depth of organic mulch as indicated on the Drawings and Specifications. The item also includes labor, materials and COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
81 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 30 - Irrigation System:
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of irrigation pipe, equipment, heads, bubblers, wires, remote control valves, sensors, backflow preventer, fittings, and all other miscellaneous irrigation components for a fully functioning irrigation system as indicated on the Drawings and Specifications as required in the field. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 31 - Landscape Maintenance Period (180 Days):
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for maintaining installed landscape areas for a period of 180 days as indicated on the Drawings as well as replacements for plants and equipment. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 32 - FDR-C Process (1.0’):
The square footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for installation and preparation of sub-grade using Full Depth Reclamation-Cement (FDR-C) in the areas indicated on the Drawings. This item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Schedule ‘C’ - Add Alternative #2
Bid Item 1 - Permits, Bonds, Licenses & Insurance
The lump sum bid for this item shall include all costs for permits, bonds, licenses and insurance. The item also includes all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the prosecution of the work as required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 2 - Public Convenience and Safety
The lump sum bid for this item shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all work necessary for the completion of this item as required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 3 - Electrical at Shade Structure from Panel:
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of light fixtures, receptacles, and conduit on the structure as well as all related conductors from the panel to structure. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 4 - Shade Structure 50’x100’ (Add. Alt. #2 Site Feature ‘21’):
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, fabrication, and installation of a fully functioning prefabricated 50’x100’shade structure. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
82 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
item. Contractor shall also be resp onsible for the coordinating the structural engineering package with the County prior to installation and securing applicable building permit/s.
Bid Item 5 - Picnic Tables (Add. Alt. #2 Site Feature ‘22’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of picnic tables, mounting hardware and adhesive, per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 6 - Accessible Picnic Tables (Add. Alt. #2 Site Feature ‘23’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of ADA picnic tables, mounting hardware and adhesive, per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Schedule ‘D’ - Add Alternative #3
Bid Item 1 - Permits, Bonds, Licenses & Insurance
The lump sum bid for this item shall include all costs for permits, bonds, licenses and insurance. The item also includes all charges and fees and give all notices necessary and incidental to the prosecution of the work as required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 2 - Public Convenience and Safety
The lump sum bid for this item shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all work necessary for the completion of this item as required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 3 - Electrical at Shade Structure from Panel:
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of light fixtures, receptacles, and conduit on the structure as well as all related conductors from the panel to structure. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 4 - Concrete Flatwork (Add. Alt. #3 Site Finish ’24’):
The square foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for installation, soil preparation forming, sub- grade compaction, concrete additives, pigments and sealers, pouring concrete pavement, finishing, joints, and joint sealants in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 5 - Shade Structure 30’x30’ (Add. Alt. #3 Site Feature ‘25’):
The lump sum price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, fabrication, and installation of a fully functioning prefabricated 30’x30’shade structure. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Contractor shall also be responsible for the coordinating the structural engineering package with the County prior to installation and securing applicable building permit/s.
COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
83 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
Bid Item 6 - Picnic Tables (Add. Alt. #3 Site Feature ‘26’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of picnic tables, mounting hardware and adhesive, per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 7 - Accessible Picnic Tables (Add. Alt. #3 Site Feature ‘27’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of ADA picnic tables, mounting hardware and adhesive, per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 8 - Waste Recept acle Corrals (Add. Alt. #3 Site Feature ‘28’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of waste receptacle corral, mounting hardware and adhesive, per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 9 - FDR-C Process (1.0’):
The square footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for installation and preparation of sub-grade using Full Depth Reclamation-Cement (FDR-C) in the areas indicated on the Drawings. This item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Schedule ‘E’ - Add Alternative #4
Bid Item 1 - Permits, Bonds, Licenses & Insurance
The lump sum bid for this item shall include all costs for permits, bonds, licenses and insurance. The item also includes all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the prosecution of the work as required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 2 - Public Convenience and Safety
The lump sum bid for this item shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all work necessary for the completion of this item as required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 3 - Water Pollution Control
The lump sum bid for this item shall also include pr eparation of storm water pollution prevention plan including all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing al l the work involved in preparing, obtaining approval of, and amending the SWPPP and CSMP, inspecting water pollution control practices, as required by the Drawings and Specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. Item also includes implementation of water pollution prevention plan including all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals.
Bid Item 4 - Street Sweeping
COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
84 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
The lump sum bid for this item includes full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in street sweeping, including disposal of collected material, as required by the Drawings and Specifications, and as directed by the Engineer.
Bid Item 5 - Surveying Services
The lump sum bid for this item includes shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
Bid Item 6 - Monumentation
The lump sum bid for this item will be made only if monuments are affected within the proposed work and shall be at the contract unit price for two (2) items as set forth in the proposal and shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
Bid Item 7 - Portable Changeable Message Signs
The lump sum bid for this item shall be at the contract unit price as set forth in the proposal and shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipmen t, and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
Bid Item 8 - Site Grading (Mass/Fine):
The square footage bid for this item shall include all costs for rough grading, fine grading, and if needed, soil removal and disposal. The item also includes labor, ma terials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 9 - 6” Storm Drain Line:
The linear footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage systems structur es, solid and perforated piping, fitt ings and components, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also incl udes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 10 - Storm Drain Manholes:
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of storm drainage manholes, and related components and connections to storm draina ge system, as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work requi red by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 11 - Type ‘C’ Catch Basins:
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage system inlet structures, and related components, as indicated on the Drawings as well as finish grading of landscape areas to meet rim and invert elevations. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 12 - Storm Drain Area Outfalls:
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fully functional storm water drainage system outfall structures, and related co mponents, as indicated on the Drawings as well as finish grading of landscape areas to meet rim and invert elevations. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specific ations which is not specifically set forth in the Bid COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
85 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 13 - Parking Lot Light Poles (Add. Alt. #4 Site Feature ‘35’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of conduits and pullboxes as identified on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 14 - Asphalt Parking Lot with Striping (Add. Alt. #4 Site Finish ‘30’):
The square footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, and preparation of asphalt surfacing in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 15 - Parking Lot Curbs- Vertical/ Flush (Add. Alt. #4 Site Feature ‘33’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, forming, sub-grade, reinforcement and compaction, aggregate base, concrete additives, sealers, pouring concrete curbs, broom finish and joints in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes la bor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 16 -Parking Lot Curb & Gutter (Add. Alt. #4 Site Feature ‘36’):
The linear foot price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase, installation, forming, sub-grade, reinforcement and compaction, aggregate base, concrete additives, sealers, pouring concrete curbs, broom finish and joints in the areas indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes la bor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 17 - Park Sign (Add. Alt. #4 Site Feature ‘31’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for material purchase and installation of park monument sign and footing as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 18 - Fixed Bollard: (Add. Alt. #4 Site Feature ‘32’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of fixed bollards, footings, and fasteners in locations indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 19 - Tubular Steel Gates at Vehicular Entry (Add. Alt #4 Site Feature ‘34’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of tubular steel gates and mounting hardware per plan details and in locations as indicated on the Drawings. The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 20 -FDR-C Process (1.0’):
The square footage price bid for this item shall include all costs for installation and preparation of sub-grade using Full Depth Reclamation-Cement (FDR-C) in the areas indicated on the Drawings. This item also COMMUNITY PARK - 42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
86 BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Schedule ‘F’ - Add Alternative #5
Bid Item 1 - Permits, Bonds, Licenses & Insurance
The lump sum bid for this item shall include all costs for permits, bonds, licenses and insurance. The item also includes all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the prosecution of the work as required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 2 - Public Convenience and Safety
The lump sum bid for this item shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all work necessary for the completion of this item as required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 3 - Surveying Services
The lump sum bid for this item includes shall include a ll labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
Bid Item 4 - Parking Lot Light Poles – 4-head fixture (Site Feature ‘4’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of parking lot light poles, 4- head fixtures, foundations, and power conductors in areas indicated on the Drawings (conduits & boxes are already part of the base bid). The item also inclu des labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
Bid Item 5 - Parking Lot Light Poles – single-head fixture (Site Feature ‘29’):
The unit price bid for this item shall include all costs for purchase and installation of parking lot light poles, single head fixtures, foundations, and power conductors in areas indicated on the Drawings (conduits & boxes are already part of the base bid). The item also includes labor, materials and all other work required by the Drawings and Specifications which is not specifically set forth in the Bid Form as a pay item.
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 87 012500
SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, e quipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, re gulatory changes, or un availability of required warranty terms.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced . Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Documentation: Show compliance with requireme nts for substitutions and the following, as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable.
b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by City and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.
c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of ap plicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warrantie s, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures.
e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of Designers and City.
h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 88 012500
i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construc tion schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. k. Contractor's certification that proposed subs titution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated. l. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.
2. Landscape Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Landscape Architect will notify Contractor through City of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution w i t h i n 1 5 d a y s o f r e c e i p t o f r e q u e s t , o r s e v en days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Landscape Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Landscape Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and docu ment compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualifie d testing agency to perf orm compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.
1.6 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions.
1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitu tion immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals.
1. Conditions: Landscape Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Landscape Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
a. Requested substitution offers City a subs tantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities City must assume. City's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by City, and similar considerations.
b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 89 012500
d. Requested substitution has the same aesthetically value or play features. e. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. f. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. g. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
h. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. i. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. j. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
k. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.
B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
90 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
013100
SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1. General coordination procedures.
2. Coordination drawings.
3. Request for Information (RFIs).
4. Digital project management procedures.
5. Project meetings.
B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor.
C. Related Requirements:
1. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. RFI: Request for Information. Request from City, Landscape Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Name, address, telephone number, and email a ddress of entity performing subcontract or supplying products.
2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.
3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.
B. Key Personnel Names: Within ten (10) days of starti ng construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site.
Identify individuals and their duties and responsibili ties; list addresses and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.
1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, and in prominent location in built facility. Keep list current at all times.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
91 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
013100
1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations incl uded in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each pa rt of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections that depend on ea ch other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for City and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and scheduled activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Preparation of the schedule of values.
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Preinstallation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
8. Startup and adjustment of systems.
1.6 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)
A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.
1. Landscape Architect will return without response those RFIs submitted to Landscape Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor.
2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible descri ption of item needing information or interpretation and the following:
1. Project name.
2. Project number.
3. Date.
4. Name of Contractor.
5. Name of Landscape Architect.
6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.
7. RFI subject.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
92 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
013100
8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
12. Contractor's signature.
13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.
a. Include dimensions, thicknesse s, structural grid referenc es, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.
C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Landscape Architect.
1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format.
D. Landscape Architect's and City Action: Landscape Architect and City will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Ar chitect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Landscape Architect or City after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.
1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Landscape Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.
2. Landscape Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case A r c h i t e c t ' s t i m e f o r r e s p o n s e w i l l d a t e f r o m t i m e o f r e c e i p t b y L a n d s c a p e A r c h i t e c t o r C i t y o f additional information.
3. Landscape Architect's action on RFIs that may resu lt in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal.
a. If Contractor believes the RFI response wa rrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Landscape Architect and City in writing within 5 days of receipt of the RFI response.
E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log bi- weekly. Include the following:
1. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of City.
4. Name and address of Landscape Architect.
5. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn.
6. RFI description.
7. Date the RFI was submitted.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
93 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
013100
8. Date Landscape Architect's and City's response was received.
9. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.
10. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.
F. On receipt of Landscape Architect's and City's action , update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Landscape Architect and City’s within 5 days if Contractor disagrees with response.
1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated.
1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involv ed, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify City and Landscape Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times a minimum of 10 working days prior to meeting.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meet ing will record signif icant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minut es to everyone concerned, including City and Landscape Architect, within three days of the meeting.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Landscape Architect and City will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to City and Landscape Architect, but no later than 10 days after execution of the Agreement.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of City , Landscape Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Part icipants at the conference shal l be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:
a. Tentative construction schedule.
b. Critical work sequencing and long lead items.
c. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
d. Lines of communications.
e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. f. Procedures for RFIs.
g. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
i. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
j. Submittal procedures.
k. Sustainable design requirements.
l. Preparation of Record Documents.
m. Use of the premises and existing building.
n. Work restrictions.
o. Working hours.
p. City's occupancy requirements.
q. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. r. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns.
s. Construction waste management and recycling.
t. Parking availability.
u. Progress cleaning.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
94 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
013100
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity when required by other sections and when required for coordination with other construction.
1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integr ation with other material s and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Landscape Architect and City of scheduled meeting dates.
2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
c. Related RFIs.
d. Related Change Orders.
e. Purchases.
f. Deliveries.
g. Submittals.
h. Sustainable design requirements.
i. Review of mockups.
j. Possible conflicts.
k. Compatibility requirements.
l. Time schedules.
m. Weather limitations.
n. Manufacturer's written instructions.
o. Warranty requirements.
p. Compatibility of materials.
q. Acceptability of substrates.
r. Temporary facilities and controls.
s. Space and access limitations.
t. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
u. Testing and inspecting requirements.
v. Installation procedures.
w. Coordination with other work.
x. Required performance results.
y. Protection of adjacent work.
z. Protection of construction and personnel.
3. Record significant conference discussions, ag reements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions.
4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information.
5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
D. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to City and Landscape Architect, but no later than 30 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion.
1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
95 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
013100
2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of City, Landscape Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following:
a. Preparation of Record Documents.
b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance.
c. Procedures for completing and archiving web-based Project software site data files. d. Submittal of written warranties.
e. Requirements for completing sustainable design documentation. f. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. g. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. h. Requirements for demonstration and training.
i. Preparation of Contractor's punch list.
j. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment.
k. Submittal procedures.
l. Coordination of separate contracts.
m. City's partial occupancy requirements.
n. Installation of City's furniture, fixtures, and equipment. o. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls.
4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.
E. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at biweekly intervals.
1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.
2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Ci ty and Landscape Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activiti es shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar wi th Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determin e how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
96 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
013100
4) Status of submittals.
5) Status of sustainable design documentation.
6) Deliveries.
7) Off-site fabrication.
8) Access.
9) Site use.
10) Temporary facilities and controls.
11) Progress cleaning.
12) Quality and work standards.
13) Status of correction of deficient items.
14) Field observations.
15) Status of RFIs.
16) Status of Proposal Requests.
17) Pending changes.
18) Status of Change Orders.
19) Pending claims and disputes.
20) Documentation of information for payment requests.
4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the m eeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
F. Coordination Meetings: Conduct project coordin ation meetings at biweekly intervals. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Ci ty and Landscape Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activiti es shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meetings shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to combined Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. b. Schedule Updating: Revise combined Contractor's construction schedule after each coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts.
4) Status of submittals.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
97 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
013100
5) Deliveries.
6) Off-site fabrication.
7) Access.
8) Site use.
9) Temporary facilities and controls.
10) Work hours.
11) Hazards and risks.
12) Progress cleaning.
13) Quality and work standards.
14) Status of RFIs.
15) Proposal Requests.
16) Change Orders.
17) Pending changes.
3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
98 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300
SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Submittal schedule requirements.
2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordi nation" for submitting coordination drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web-based Project software.
2. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals.
3. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic informatio n and physical samples that require Landscape Architect's and City's responsive action. Action subm ittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals."
B. Informational Submittals: Written an d graphic information and physical samples that do not require Landscape Architect's and City's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals."
1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a li st of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Landscape Archit ect and City and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.
1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcon tracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Initial Submittal: Submit concu rrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
99 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300
3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule.
a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals.
4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format:
a. Scheduled date for first submittal.
b. Specification Section number and title.
c. Submittal Category: Action; informational.
d. Name of subcontractor.
e. Description of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for City's final release or approval. g. Scheduled dates for purchasing.
h. Scheduled date of fabrication.
i. Scheduled dates for installation.
j. Activity or event number.
1.5 SUBMITTAL FORMATS
A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal:
1. Project name.
2. Date.
3. Name of Landscape Architect.
4. Name of City.
5. Name of Contractor.
6. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.
7. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
8. Unique submittal number, including revision identifier. Include Specification Section number with sequential alphanumeric identifier; and alphanumeric suffix for resubmittals.
9. Category and type of submittal.
10. Submittal purpose and description.
11. Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic name for each of multiple items.
12. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
13. Indication of full or partial submittal.
14. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
15. Other necessary identification.
16. Remarks.
17. Signature of transmitter.
B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Landscape Architect.
C. Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, includ ing minor variations and limitations; include relevant additional information and revisions, other than those reques ted by Landscape Architect and City on previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each submittal or noting on attached separate sheet.
D. Paper Submittals:
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
100 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300
1. Place a permanent label or title block on each su bmittal item for identification; include name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.
2. Provide a space approximately 4 by 6 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Landscape Architect and/or City.
3. Action Submittals: Submit two paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated.
Landscape Architect, through City, will return one copy. Electronic submittals will be accepted in a PDF format and must be separated into each individual submittal number.
4. Informational Submittals: Submit two paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated.
Landscape Architect and City will not return copies.
5. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Landscape Architect or City observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contra ct Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal.
6. Transmittal for Submittals: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using transmittal form.
E. PDF Submittals: Prepare submittals as PDF package, incorporating complete information into each PDF file. Name PDF file with submittal number.
1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individu al Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.
1. Email: Prepare submittals as PDF package, and tr ansmit to Landscape Architect through the City by sending via email. Include PDF transmittal form . Include information in email subject line as requested by City and Landscape Architect.
a. Landscape Architect, through City, will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as a digital Project Record Document file.
2. Paper: Prepare submittals in paper form, and deliver to Landscape Architect through City.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals wi th performance of construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule.
3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.
4. Coordinate transmittal of submittals for related parts of the Work specified in different Sections so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. Landscape Architect and City reserve the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, incl uding time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on City's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
101 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300
1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is require d. Landscape Architect and/or City will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 10 days for review of each resubmittal.
4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Landscape Architect's consultants, City, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal.
5. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Landscape Architect and to Landscape Architect's consultants, allow 15 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to City, through Landscape Architect, before being returned to Contractor.
a. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Landscape Architect and City.
D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal.
2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Landscape Architect's and/or City's action stamp.
E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to ma nufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having juri sdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
F. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Landscape Architect's and City's action stamp.
1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Data: Collect information into a single submi ttal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are unsuitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Availability and delivery time information.
4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
102 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300
c. Operational range diagrams.
d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings.
5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrent with Samples.
B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information , drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.
1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Identification of products.
b. Schedules.
c. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
2. Paper Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns , and similar full-size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches, but no larger than 24 by 36 inches.
a. Two opaque (bond) copies of each submittal . Landscape Architect, through City, will return one copy.
C. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, co lor, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other materials.
1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package.
2. Identification: Permanently attach label on un exposed side of Samp les that includes the following:
a. Project name and submittal number.
b. Generic description of Sample.
c. Product name and name of manufacturer.
d. Sample source.
e. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. f. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item.
3. Email Transmittal: Provide PDF transmittal. In clude digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record.
4. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal.
5. Paper Transmittal: Include paper transmittal including complete submittal information indicated.
6. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Sample s at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
103 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300
b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or ot herwise designated as City's property, are the property of Contractor.
7. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.
a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Landscape Architect, through City, will return submittal with options selected.
8. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.
a. Number of Samples: Submit 2 sets of Samples. Landscape Architect and City will retain 1 Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record Sample.
1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated.
2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least 2 sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.
D. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated.
2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable.
3. Number and name of room or space.
4. Location within room or space.
E. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of Landscape Architects and Citys, and other information specified.
F. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphi c information indicating compliance with indicated performance and design criteria in individual Specification Sections. Include list of assumptions and summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Number each page of submittal.
G. Certificates:
1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
104 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300
or other individual authorized to sign document s on behalf of that entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated.
2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.
4. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
6. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.
H. Test and Research Reports:
1. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written reco mmendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
2. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indi cating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
3. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting te st results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
4. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports wr itten by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.
5. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witn essed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
6. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product compli es with building code in effect for Project.
Include the following information:
a. Name of evaluation organization.
b. Date of evaluation.
c. Time period when report is in effect.
d. Product and manufacturers' names.
e. Description of product.
f. Test procedures and results.
g. Limitations of use.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
105 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300
1.8 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Document s, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
1. If criteria indicated are insufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Landscape Architect.
B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF file copy of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.
1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.
1.9 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Revi ew each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Landscape Architect and City.
B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with a uniform approval stamp.
Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
1. Landscape Architect and City will not review subm ittals received from Contractor that do not have Contractor's review and approval.
1.10 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT'S AND CITY'S REVIEW
A. Action Submittals: Landscape Architec t and/or City will review each su bmittal, indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it.
1. PDF or Paper Submittals: Landscape Architect and City will indicate, via markup on each submittal, the appropriate action.
a. No Exceptions Taken: Contractor is advised th at fabrication, manufacture, or construction may proceed, providing it complies with contract documents. b. Make Corrections Noted: Contractor is advised that fabrication, manufacture, or construction may proceed, provid ing it complies with Archit ect’s notations and contract documents.
c. Amend and Resubmit or Rejected-See Remarks: Contractor is advised that no work shall be fabricated, manufactured, or constructed. Contractor shall make a new submittal.
B. Informational Submittals: Landscape Architect and City will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with require ments. Landscape Architect and City will forward each submittal to appropriate party.
C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Landscape Architect and/or City.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
106 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300
D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be co nsidered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review.
E. Landscape Architect and City will return without review submittals received from sources other than Contractor.
F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will be returned by La ndscape Architect without action.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND
CONTROLS
107 015000
SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.
1.3 USE CHARGES
A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost , including, but not limited to, City 's construction forces, Landscape Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water fr om City's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.
C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from City's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temp orary utility lines and connections, staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction personnel.
B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15 days of date established for commencement of the Work, submit schedule indicating implementation and termination dates of each temporary utility.
C. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Show fabrication and installation details, including plans, elevations, details, layouts, typestyles, graphic elements, and message content.
D. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction.
Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program.
E. Moisture- and Mold-Protection Plan: Describe proce dures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage and mold.
F. Dust Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Include the following:
1. Locations of dust-control at each phase of work.
2. Other dust-control measures.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND
CONTROLS
108 015000
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the United States Access Board's ADA- ABA Accessibility Guidelines.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage In staller of each perman ent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before City's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch-thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts and frames.
B. Dust-Control Adhesive-Surface Walk-Off Mats: Provide mats minimum 36 by 60 inches.
C. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactur ed from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively.
2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading, if provided.
B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.
1. Store combustible materials apart from building.
2.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL ra ted; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL
A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste.
1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in perf ormance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as City's property.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND
CONTROLS
109 015000
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project ad equately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.
1. Arrange with utility company, City, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.
1. Connect temporary sewers to private system in dicated as directed by authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Water Service: Connect to City's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to City. At Substantial Comp letion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. Confirm that no cross connec tions occur with existing irrigation system D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash fa cilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requiremen ts of authorities having jurisdic tion for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
E. Temporary Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling requ ired by construction activities for curing or drying of completed install ations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.
1. Provide temporary dehumidification systems when required to reduce ambient and substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installa tion or application of finishes and their proper curing or drying.
F. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas.
1. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust-producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust-containment devices.
2. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter-equipped vacuum equipment.
G. Electric Power Service: Connect to City's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment in a condition acceptable to City.
H. Telephone Numbers: Provide telephone number on-site at all times and in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. At a minimum of one location on-site, post a list of important telephone numbers.
a. Police and fire departments.
b. Ambulance service.
c. Contractor's home office.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND
CONTROLS
110 015000
d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. e. Landscape Architect's office.
f. Engineers' offices.
g. City's office.
h. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.
3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.
2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
B. Parking: Use designated areas of City's existing parking areas for construction personnel.
C. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requir ements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.
1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that wi ll not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.
2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.
D. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.
1. Identification Signs: Provide Te mporary Construction Area identi fication signs as indicated on Drawings.
2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project.
a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.
3. Maintain and touch up signs so they are legible at all times.
E. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
F. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.
1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for ho isting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.
3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing ve getation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other i m p r o v e m e n t s a t P r o j e c t s i t e a n d o n a d j a c e n t p r o perties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.
1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property City to access property for that purpose.
B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
111 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND
CONTROLS
015000
C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having juri sdiction, whichever is more string ent and requirements specified in Section 311000 "Site Clearing."
D. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to temporary erosion and sedimentation-control Drawings.
1. Verify that flows of water redirected from cons truction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant-protection zones.
2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established.
3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project.
4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal.
E. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to pr event flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.
F. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to reco mmend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
G. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering site except by entrance gates.
1. Extent of Fence: As indicated on Drawings.
2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. Furnish one set of keys to City.
H. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partia lly completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each workday.
I. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights : Comply with requirements of au thorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.
J. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from ex isting occupied faciliti es as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
K. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other cons truction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipli ne in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND
CONTROLS
112 015000
C. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion.
Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent cons truction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair da maged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. City reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
113 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700
113
SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requ irements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Substantial Completion procedures.
2. Final completion procedures.
3. Warranties.
4. Final cleaning.
5. Repair of the Work.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent.
B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.
C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.
C. Field Report: For pest control inspection.
1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For main tenance material submittal items specified in other Sections.
1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of ea ch item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 114 017700
B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Co mpletion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Su bstantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.
1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting City unrestricted use of the Work and access to se rvices and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.
2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals , damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.
3. Submit closeout submittals specified in indivi dual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.
4. Submit maintenance material subm ittals specified in individual Se ctions, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and simila r items, and deliver to location d e s i g n a t e d b y C i t y . L a b e l w i t h manufacturer's name and model number.
a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain City's signature for receipt of submittals.
5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records.
6. Submit sustainable design submittals not previously submitted.
7. Submit changeover information related to City's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.
C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Comple te the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Su bstantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.
1. Advise City of pending insurance changeover requirements.
2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliv er keys to City. Advise City's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.
4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion.
5. Instruct City's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems.
6. Advise City of changeover in utility services.
7. Participate with City in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders.
8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.
9. Complete final cleaning requirements.
10. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
D. Inspection: Submit a writ ten request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Landscape Architect and City will either pr oceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Landscape Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or addi tional items identified by Landscape Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
115 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.
1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to General Provisions.
2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit cert ified copy of Landscape Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Landscape Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.
4. Submit pest-control final inspection report.
5. Submit final completion photographic documentation.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready fo r final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Landscape Architect and City will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Landscape Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Organization of List: Include name an d identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
1. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name of City.
d. Name of Landscape Architect.
e. Name of Contractor.
f. Page number.
2. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file. Landscape Architect, through City, will return annotated file.
1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES
A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Landscape Architect for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit City's rights under warranty.
B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by City during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 116 017700
C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual.
D. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item.
Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.
1. Submit on digital media acceptable to City.
E. Warranties in Paper Form:
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a ty ped description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer.
3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.
F. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Se al's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average public space and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.
c. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even-textured surface.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
117 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Clean exposed exterior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces.
Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. f. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied areas. g. Remove labels that are not permanent.
h. Wipe surfaces of site furnishings and play equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. i. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requiremen ts in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report.
D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK
A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.
B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touchi ng up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements.
Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.
1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials.
2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marre d or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification.
3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity.
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
118 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839
SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural re quirements for project record documents, including the following:
1. Record Drawings.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Record Product Data.
4. Miscellaneous record submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up record prints.
2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows:
a. Initial Submittal:
1) Submit one paper-copy set(s) of marked-up record prints. 2) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints. 3) Submit record digital data files and one set(s) of plots. 4) Landscape Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal:
1) Submit one paper-copy set(s) of marked-up record prints. 2) Submit record digital data files and one set(s) of record digital data file plots. 3) Plot each drawing file, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded.
B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF elec tronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.
C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF elec tronic files and directories of each submittal.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 119 017839
1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual.
D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specif ication Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and submittals in co nnection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.
E. Reports: Submit written report indicating items inco rporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concea led conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated.
1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued.
1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontracto r, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation.
2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Depths of foundations.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
i. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Landscape Architect's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawin gs completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pe ncil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.
5. Mark important additional information that wa s either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.
6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 120 017839
B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Landscape Architect and City. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows:
1. Format: Same digital data software program, ve rsion, and operating system as the original Contract Drawings.
2. Format: DWG, Microsoft Windows operating system.
3. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.
4. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.
5. Refer instances of uncertainty to Landscape Architect through City for resolution.
6. Landscape Architect will furnish Contractor with one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information.
a. See Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements related to use of Landscape Architect's digital data files.
C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.
1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.
2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.
3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings . Name each file with the sheet identification.
Include identification in each digital data file.
4. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of City.
e. Name of Landscape Architect.
f. Name of Contractor.
1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made.
4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data.
5. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable.
B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 121 017839
1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal du ring the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.
B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actu al product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation.
3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable.
C. Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file.
1. Include record Product Data directory organize d by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.
1.7 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records re quired by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual pe rformance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.
B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file.
1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals.
1.8 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes.
Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Landscape Architect's and City’s reference during normal working hours.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
122 CONCRETE
REINFORCING
032000
SECTION 032000 - CONCRETE REINFORCING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel reinforcement bars.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for reinforcing used in precast structural concrete.
2. Section 321313 "Concrete Paving" for reinforc ing related to concrete pavement and walks.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Review the following:
a. Special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control.
b. Construction contraction and isolation joints.
c. Steel-reinforcement installation.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.4/D 1.4M.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and ha ndle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. and to avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement.
1. Store reinforcement to avoid contact with earth.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
123 CONCRETE
REINFORCING
032000
2. Do not allow epoxy-coated reinforcement to be stored outdoors for more than 60 days without being stored under an opaque covering.
3. Do not allow dual-coated reinforcement to be stored outdoors for more than 60 days without being stored under an opaque covering.
4. Do not allow stainless steel reinforcemen t to come into contact with uncoated reinforcement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design structural thermal break insulated connection system, including attachment to building construction.
2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615/A615M, deformed.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions:
1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder.
2. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that reduce bond to concrete.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing and supporting reinforcement.
B. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement.
1. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover.
2. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars.
C. Preserve clearance between bars of not less than 1 inch, not less than one bar diameter, or not less than 1-1/3 times size of large aggregate, whichever is greater.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
124 CONCRETE
REINFORCING
032000
D. Provide concrete coverage in accordance with ACI 318.
E. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
F. Splices: Lap splices as indicated on Drawings.
1. Bars indicated to be continuous, and all vertical bars shall be lapped not less than 36 bar diameters at splices, or 24 inches, whichever is greater.
2. Stagger splices in accordance with ACI 318.
3. Mechanical Splice Couplers: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
4. Weld reinforcing bars in accordance wi th AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, where indicated on Drawings.
3.3 JOINTS
A. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect.
1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement.
2. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated.
3. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs.
B. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support as semblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length, to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint.
3.4 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Comply with ACI 117.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspections:
1. Steel-reinforcement placement.
2. Steel-reinforcement mechanical splice couplers.
3. Steel-reinforcement welding.
B. Manufacturer's Inspections: Engage manufacturer of structural thermal break insulated connection system to inspect completed installa tions prior to placement of concrete, and to provide written report that installation complies with manufacturer's written instructions.
END OF SECTION 032000
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
125 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
SECTION 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Co ntract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Cast-in-place concrete, including concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 032000 "Concrete Reinforcing" for steel reinforcing bars and welded-wire reinforcement.
2. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for drainage fill under slabs-on-ground.
3. Section 321313 "Concrete Paving" for concrete pavement and walks.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. C e m e n t i t i o u s M a t e r i a l s : P o r t l a n d c e m e n t a l o n e o r i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h o n e o r m o r e o f t h e following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash, slag cement, other pozzolans, and silica fume; materials subject to compliance with requirements.
B. Water/Cement Ratio (w/cm): The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend, including the following:
a. Contractor's superintendent.
b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready-mix concrete manufacturer.
d. Concrete Subcontractor.
e. Special concrete finish Subcontractor.
2. Review the following:
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
126 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
a. Special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control.
b. Construction joints, control joints, isolation joints, and joint-filler strips. c. Semirigid joint fillers.
d. Vapor-retarder installation.
e. Anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances. f. Cold and hot weather concreting procedures.
g. Concrete finishes and finishing.
h. Curing procedures.
i. Forms and form-removal limitations.
j. Shoring and reshoring procedures.
k. Floor and slab flatness and levelness measurements.
l. Concrete repair procedures.
m. Concrete protection.
n. Initial curing and field curing of field test cylinders (ASTM C31/C31M.) o. Protection of field cured field test cylinders.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each of the following.
1. Portland cement.
2. Fly ash.
3. Slag cement.
4. Blended hydraulic cement.
5. Silica fume.
6. Performance-based hydraulic cement
7. Aggregates.
8. Admixtures:
a. Include limitations of use, including restrictions on cementitious materials, supplementary cementitious materials, air entrainment, aggregates, temperature at time of concrete placement, relative humidity at time of concrete placement, curing conditions, and use of other admixtures.
9. Color pigments.
10. Fiber reinforcement.
11. Vapor retarders.
12. Floor and slab treatments.
13. Liquid floor treatments.
14. Curing materials.
a. Include documentation from color pigment manufacturer, indicating that proposed methods of curing are recommended by color pigment manufacturer.
15. Joint fillers.
16. Repair materials.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
127 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture, include the following:
1. Mixture identification.
2. Minimum 28-day compressive strength.
3. Durability exposure class.
4. Maximum w/cm.
5. Calculated equilibrium unit weight, for lightweight concrete.
6. Slump limit.
7. Air content.
8. Nominal maximum aggregate size.
9. Steel-fiber reinforcement content.
10. Synthetic micro-fiber content.
11. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be with held for later addition at Project site if permitted.
12. Include manufacturer's certification that permeability-reducing admixture is compatible with mix design.
13. Include certification that dosage rate for permeability-reducing admixture matches dosage rate used in performance compliance test.
14. Intended placement method.
15. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments.
C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Provide Dr awings that detail fabr ication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, gr ade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement.
D. Shop Drawings:
1. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure.
a. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Architect.
E. Samples: For manufacturer's standard colors for color pigment and vapor retarder.
F. Concrete Schedule: For each location of each Class of concrete indicated in "Concrete Mixtures" Article, including the following:
1. Concrete Class designation.
2. Location within Project.
3. Exposure Class designation.
4. Formed Surface Finish designation and final finish.
5. Final finish for floors.
6. Curing process.
7. Floor treatment if any.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
128 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer.
B. Welding certificates.
C. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers:
1. Cementitious materials.
2. Admixtures.
3. Form materials and form-release agents.
4. Steel reinforcements and accessories.
5. Curing compounds.
6. Adhesives.
7. Joint-filler strips.
8. Repair materials.
D. Field quality-control reports.
E. Minutes of preinstallation conference.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs Project personnel qualified as an ACI- certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is a certified ACI Flatwork Concrete Finisher/Technician or an ACI Concrete Flatwork Technician with experience installing and finishing concrete, incorporating permeability-reducing admixtures.
1. Post-Installed Concrete Anchors Installers: ACI-certified Adhesive Anchor Installer.
B. Ready-Mixed Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that co mplies with ASTM C94/C94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.
1. Manufacturer certified in ac cordance with NRMCA’s “Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities.”
C. Field Quality Control Testing Agency Qualificat ions: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified in ac cordance with ASTM C1077 and ASTM E329 for testing indicated.
1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qua lified as an ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, in accordance with ACI CPP 610.1 or an equivalent certification program.
D. Mockups: Cast concrete slab-on-ground and fo rmed-surface panels to demonstrate typical joints, surface finish, texture, tolerances, floor treatments, and standard of workmanship.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
129 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
1. Slab-On-Ground: Build panel approximately 15 feet by 15 feet in the location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by City.
a. Divide panel into four equal panels to demonstrate saw joint cutting.
2. Formed Surfaces: Build panel approximately 100 sq. ft. in the location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.
3. Subject to compliance with requirements, a pproved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.8 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on each concrete mixture.
1. Include the following information in each test report:
a. Admixture dosage rates.
b. Slump.
c. Air content.
d. Seven-day compressive strength.
e. 28-day compressive strength.
f. Permeability.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with ASTM C94/C94M and ACI 301.
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 306.1 and as follows.
1. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures.
2. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301.
3. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow.
4. Do not place concrete in contact with surfaces less than 35 deg F, other than reinforcing steel.
5. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs.
B. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 305.1, and as follows:
1. Maintain concrete temperature at time of discharge to not exceed 95 deg F.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
130 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agr ees to furnish replacement sheet vapor retarder/termite barrier material and accessories for sheet vapor retarder/ termite barrier and accessories that do not comply with requirements or that fail to resist penetration by termites within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL
A. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301unles s modified by requirements in the Contract Documents.
2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Source Limitations:
1. Obtain all concrete mixtures from a single ready-mixed concrete manufacturer for entire Project.
2. Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant.
3. Obtain aggregate from single source.
4. Obtain each type of admixture from single source from single manufacturer.
B. Cementitious Materials:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, gray.
2. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F.
3. Slag Cement: ASTM C989/C989M, Grade 100 or 120.
C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M, Cl ass 3S coarse aggregate or better, graded.
Provide aggregates from a single source.
1. Alkali-Silica Reaction: Comply with one of the following:
a. E x p a n s i o n R e s u l t o f A g g r e g a t e : N o t m o r e t h a n 0 . 0 4 p e r c e n t a t o n e - y e a r w h e n tested in accordance with ASTM C1293.
b. Expansion Results of Aggregate and Cementitious Materials in Combination: Not more than 0.10 percent at an age of 16 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C1567.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
131 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
c. Alkali Content in Concrete: Not more than 4 lb./cu. yd. for moderately reactive aggregate or 3 lb./cu. yd. for highly reactive aggregate, when tested in accordance with ASTM C1293 and categorized in accordance with ASTM C1778, based on alkali content being calculated in accordance with ACI 301.
2. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 1 inch nominal.
3. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
D. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C330/C330M, 1-inch nominal maximum aggregate size.
E. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260/C260M.
F. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete.
Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures cont aining calcium chloride in steel- reinforced concrete.
1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type A.
2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type B.
3. Water-Reducing and -Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type D.
4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type F.
5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and -Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type G.
6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C1017/C1017M, Type II.
7. Set-Accelerating Corrosion-Inhibiting Admixture: Commercially formulated, anodic inhibitor or mixed cathodic and anodic inhibitor; capable of forming a protective barrier and minimizing chloride reactions with stee l reinforcement in concrete and complying with ASTM C494/C494M, Type C.
8. Non-Set-Accelerating Corrosion-Inhibiting Admixture: Commercially formulated, non- set-accelerating, anodic inhibitor or mixed cathodic and anodic inhibitor; capable of forming a protective barrier and minimizing chloride reactions with steel reinforcement in concrete.
9. Permeability-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type S, hydrophilic, permeability- reducing crystalline admixture, capable of reducing water absorption of concrete exposed to hydrostatic pressure (PRAH).
a. Permeability: No leakage when tested in accordance with U.S. Army Corps of Engineers CRD C48 at a hydraulic pressure of 200 psi for 14 days.
G. Color Pigment: ASTM C979/C979M, synthetic mine ral-oxide pigments, color stable, free of carbon black, nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis.
1. Color: Per plan.
H. Water and Water Used to Make Ice: ASTM C94/C94M, potable COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
132 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
2.3 FIBER REINFORCEMENT
A. Carbon-Steel-Wire Fiber: ASTM A820/A820M, Type 1, cold-drawn wire, deformed, minimum of 2 inches long, with an aspect ratio of 35 to 40.
B. Carbon-Steel Cut Sheet Fiber: ASTM A820/A820M, Type 2, cut sheet, deformed, minimum of 2 inches long, and aspect ratio of 35 to 40.
2.4 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Sheet Vapor Retarder, Class A: ASTM E1745, Cl ass A, except with maximum water-vapor permeance ; not less than 10 mils thick. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure-sensitive tape.
2.5 FLOOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS
A. Slip-Resistive Emery Aggregate Finish: Factor y-graded, packaged, rustproof, nonglazing, abrasive, crushed emery aggregate containing not less than 50 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 20 percent ferric oxide; unaffected by freezing, moisture, and cleaning materials with 100 percent passing 3/8-inch sieve.
2.6 CURING MATERIALS
A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete.
B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry.
C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C171, polyethylene film burlap-polyethylene sheet.
D. Curing Paper: Eight-feet- wide paper, consisting of two layers of fibered kraft paper laminated with double coating of asphalt.
E. Water: Potable or complying with ASTM C1602/C1602M.
F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming, Dissipat ing Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B.
2.7 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D1751, asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber.
B. Semirigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A shore durometer hardness of 80 in accordance with ASTM D2240.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
133 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C1059/C1059M, Type II, nonr edispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene.
D. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade and class to suit requirements, and as follows:
1. Types I and II, nonload bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete.
2.8 REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Repair Underlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations.
1. Cement Binder: ASTM C150/C150M portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement, as defined in ASTM C219.
2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application.
3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand, as recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C109/C109M.
B. Repair Overlayment: Cement-based, polymer-mo dified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch and that can be filled in over a scarified surface to match adjacent floor elevations.
1. Cement Binder: ASTM C150/C150M portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement, as defined in ASTM C219.
2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application.
3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer.
4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C109/C109M.
2.9 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL
A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, in accordance with ACI 301.
1. Use a qualified testing agency for preparin g and reporting proposed mixture designs, based on laboratory trial mixtures.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
134 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows:
1. Fly Ash or Other Pozzolans: 25 percent by mass.
2. Slag Cement: 50 percent by mass.
3. Silica Fume: 10 percent by mass.
4. Total of Fly Ash or Other Pozzolans, Slag Cement, and Silica Fume : 50 percent by mass, with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent by mass and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent by mass.
5. Total of Fly Ash or Other Pozzolans and Silica Fume: 35 percent by mass with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent by mass and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent by mass.
C. Admixtures: Use admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Use high-range water-reducing or plasticizi ng admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability.
2. Use water-reducing and -retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions.
3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete.
4. Use corrosion-inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated.
5. Use permeability-reducing admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated.
D. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup.
2.10 CONCRETE MIXTURES
A. Class A: Normal-weight concrete used for footings, grade beams, and tie beams.
1. Exposure Class: ACI 318.
2. Minimum Compressive Strength: 5000 psi at 28 days.
3. Maximum w/cm: 0.50.
4. Slump Limit: 5 inches, plus or minus 1 inch
5. Air Content:
a. Exposure Class F1: 5.0 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for concrete containing 3/4-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. b. Exposure Classes F2 and F3: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for concrete containing 3/4-inch nominal maximum aggregate size.
6. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 1.00 percent by weight of cement.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
135 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
2.11 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M, and furnish batch ticket information.
B. Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer.
1. For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more than five minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released.
2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd., in crease mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd..
3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixture time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions:
1. Before placing concrete, verify that installa t i o n o f c o n c r e t e f o r m s , a c c e s s o r i e s , a n d reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed.
2. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide reasonable auxiliary services to accommodate field testing and inspections, acceptable to testing agency, including the following:
1. Daily access to the Work.
2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Secure space for storage, initial curing, and field curing of test samples, including source of water and continuous electrical power at Project site during site curing period for test samples.
4. Security and protection for test samples and for testing and inspection equipment at Project site.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining Work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
136 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
1. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, in structions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
2. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of ANSI/AISC 303.
3. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flas hing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDER
A. Sheet Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repa ir sheet vapor retarder in accordance with ASTM E1643 and manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Install vapor retarder with longest dimension parallel with direction of concrete pour.
2. Face laps away from exposed direction of concrete pour.
3. Lap vapor retarder over footings and grade beams not less than 6 inches, sealing vapor retarder to concrete.
4. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.
5. Terminate vapor retarder at the top of floor slabs, grade beams, and pile caps, sealing entire perimeter to floor slabs, grade beams, foundation walls, or pile caps.
6. Seal penetrations in accordance with vapor retarder manufacturer's instructions.
7. Protect vapor retarder during placement of reinforcement and concrete.
a. Repair damaged areas by patching with vapor retarder material, overlapping damages area by 6 inches on all sides, and sealing to vapor retarder.
B. Bituminous Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair bituminous vapor retarder in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
3.5 JOINTS
A. Construct joints true to line, with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
B. Construction Joints: Coordinate with floor slab pattern and concrete placement sequence.
1. Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated on Drawings or as approved by Architect.
2. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement.
a. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. b. Do not continue reinforcement through si des of strip placements of floors and slabs.
3. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete.
4. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders at third points of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam-girder intersection.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
137 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
5. Locate horizontal joints in walls and column s at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs.
6. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated on Drawings. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, locate vertical joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible.
7. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces.
8. Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces.
C. Control Joints in Slabs-on-Ground: Form weakened-plane control joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct control joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete thickness as follows:
1. Grooved Joints: Form control jo ints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of control joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces.
2. Sawed Joints: Form control joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when cutting action does not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random cracks.
D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Ground: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as colu mn pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated.
1. Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
2. Terminate full-width joint-filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished concrete surface, where joint se alants, specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants," are indicated.
3. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together.
E. Doweled Joints:
1. Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated on Drawings.
2. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel bar length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint.
F. Dowel Plates: Install dowel plates at joints where indicated on Drawings.
3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, embedded items, and vapor retarder is complete and that required inspections are completed.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
138 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
1. Immediately prior to concrete placement, inspect vapor retarder for damage and deficient installation, and repair defective areas.
2. Provide continuous inspection of vapor retarder during concrete placement and make necessary repairs to damaged areas as Work progresses.
B. Notify Architect and testing and inspection agencies 24 hours prior to commencement of concrete placement.
C. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Architect in writing, but not to exceed the amount indicated on the concrete delivery ticket.
1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture.
D. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301, but not to exceed the amount indicated on the concrete delivery ticket.
1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture.
E. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness.
1. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated.
2. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.
3. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth not to exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints.
4. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment in accordance with ACI 301.
a. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. b. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. c. D o n o t i n s e r t v i b r a t o r s i n t o l o w e r l a y e r s o f c o n c r e t e t h a t h a v e b e g u n t o l o s e plasticity.
d. At each insertion, limit duration of vi bration to time neces sary to consolidate concrete, and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate.
F. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete.
1. Do not place concrete floors and slabs in a checkerboard sequence.
2. Consolidate concrete during placement operat ions, so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.
3. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement.
4. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
139 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
5. Level concrete, cut high areas, and fill low areas.
6. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required.
7. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface.
8. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations.
3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. As-Cast Surface Finishes:
1. ACI 301 Surface Finish SF-1.0: As-cast conc rete texture imparted by form-facing material.
a. Patch voids larger than 1-1/2 inches wide or 1/2 inch deep. b. Remove projections larger than 1 inch.
c. Tie holes do not require patching.
d. Surface Tolerance: ACI 117 Class D.
e. Apply to concrete surfaces.
B. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to as cast surface finishes where indicated on Drawings:
1. Smooth-Rubbed Finish:
a. Perform no later than one day after form removal.
b. Moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture.
c. If sufficient cement paste cannot be drawn from the concrete by the rubbing process, use a grout made from the same cementitious materials used in the in- place concrete.
d. Maintain required patterns or variances as shown on Drawings or to match design reference sample or mockups.
2. Grout-Cleaned Rubbed Finish:
a. Clean concrete surfaces after contiguous surfaces are completed and accessible. b. Do not clean concrete surfaces as Work progresses.
c. Mix 1 part portland cement to 1-1/2 parts fine sand, complying with ASTM C144 or ASTM C404, by volume, with sufficient water to produce a mixture with the consistency of thick paint. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches, so color of dry grout matches adjacent surfaces. d. Wet concrete surfaces.
e. Scrub grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens, rub surface with clean burlap, and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours. f. Maintain required patterns or variances as shown on Drawings or to match [design reference sample ] [ field sample panels ] [ mockups].
C. Abrasive-Blast Finish: Apply the following to as-cast surface finishes where indicated on Drawings:
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
140 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
1. Perform abrasive blasting after compressive strength of concrete exceeds 2000 psi.
2. Coordinate with formwork removal to ensure that surfaces to be abrasive blasted are treated at the same age.
3. Surface Continuity:
a. Perform abrasive-blast finishing as continuous operation, maintaining continuity of finish on each surface or area of Work.
b. Maintain required patterns or variances in depths of blast to match design reference sample and mockups.
4. Abrasive Blasting:
a. Abrasive-blast corners and edges of patte rns carefully, using backup boards to maintain uniform corner and edge lines.
b. Determine type of nozzle pressure and blasting techniques required to match field sample.
c. Depth of Cut: Use an abrasive grit of proper type and gradation to expose aggregate and surrounding matrix surfaces to match field sample, as follows:
1) Brush Texture: Remove cement matrix to dull surface sheen and expose face of fine aggregate, with no significant reveal.
2) Light Texture: Expose fine aggregate with occasional exposure of coarse aggregate and uniform color, with maximum reveal of 1/16 inch. 3) Medium Texture: Generally, expose coarse aggregate with slight reveal and with a maximum reveal of 1/4 inch.
4) Heavy Texture: Expose and reveal coarse aggregate to a maximum projection of one-third its diameter, with reveal range of 1/4 to 1/2 inch.
d. Maintain required patterns or variances in reveal projection to match design reference sample and mockups.
D. Related Unformed Surfaces:
1. At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and si milar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a color and texture matching adjacent formed surfaces.
2. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
3.8 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS
A. Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for sc reeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
3.9 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling In:
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
141 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
1. Fill in holes and openings left in concrete st ructures after Work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated.
2. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction.
3. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work.
B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dens e finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded.
C. Equipment Bases and Foundations:
1. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.
2. Construct concrete bases 4 inches high unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, and extend base not less than 6 inches in each direction beyond the maximum dimensions of supported equipment unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, or unless required for seismic anchor support.
3. Minimum Compressive Strength: 5000 psi at 28 days.
4. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base.
5. For supported equipment, install epoxy-co ated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete substrate.
6. Prior to pouring concrete, place and secure anchorage devices.
a. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
b. Cast anchor-bolt insert into bases.
c. Install anchor bolts to elevations requi red for proper attachment to supported equipment.
D. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items.
1. Cast-in inserts and accessories, as shown on Drawings.
2. Screed, tamp, and trowel finish concrete surfaces.
3.10 CONCRETE CURING
A. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
1. Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 306.1 for cold weather protection during curing.
2. Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 305.1 for hot-weather protection during curing.
3. Maintain moisture loss no more than 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations.
B. Curing Formed Surfaces: Comply with ACI 308.1 as follows:
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
142 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
1. Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces.
2. Cure concrete containing color pigments in accordance with color pigment manufacturer's instructions.
3. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms.
4. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder of curing period, as follows:
a. Continuous Fogging: Maintain standing water on concrete surface until final setting of concrete.
b. Continuous Sprinkling: Maintain concrete surface continuously wet. c. Absorptive Cover: Pre-dampen absorptive material before application; apply additional water to absorptive material to maintain concrete surface continuously wet.
d. Water-Retention Sheeting Materials: Co ver exposed concrete surfaces with sheeting material, taping, or lapping seams.
e. Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
1) Recoat areas subject to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application.
2) Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
3.11 TOLERANCES
A. Conform to ACI 117.
3.12 JOINT FILLING
A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month(s).
2. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased.
B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joints clean and dry.
C. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cu t joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints.
D. Overfill joint, and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening.
3.13 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Defective Concrete:
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
143 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
1. Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect.
2. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.
B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of 1 part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing.
C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects incl ude color and texture ir regularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fi ns and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension to solid concrete.
a. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch.
b. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. c. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. d. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. e. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent.
2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to vi ew by blending whit e portland cement and standard portland cement, so that, when dry, patching mortar matches surrounding color.
a. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching.
b. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.
3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that will affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect.
D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces:
1. Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish, and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface.
a. Correct low and high areas.
b. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template.
2. Repair finished surfaces containing surface defects, including spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing, and crac k s i n e x c e s s o f 0 . 0 1 i n c h w i d e o r t h a t penetrate to reinforcement or completely th rough unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions.
3. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.
4. Correct localized low areas during, or immediately after, completing surface-finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
144 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
a. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete.
5. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment.
a. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface.
b. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations.
6. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with repair topping.
a. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations.
b. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface.
7. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete.
a. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts, and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-inch clearance all around.
b. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent.
c. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete, except without coarse aggregate.
d. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. e. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.
8. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar.
a. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete, and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles.
b. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. c. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. d. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. e. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar.
F. Repair materials and installation not specifie d above may be used, subject to Architect's approval.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
145 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Special Inspections: City will engage a special inspector to perform field tests and inspections and prepare testing and inspection reports.
B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports.
1. Testing agency shall be responsible for providing curing container for composite samples on Site and verifying that field-cured compos ite samples are cured in accordance with ASTM C31/C31M.
2. Testing agency shall immediately report to Architect, Contractor, and concrete manufacturer any failure of Work to comply with Contract Documents.
3. Testing agency shall report results of tests and inspections, in writing, to City, Architect, Contractor, and concrete manufacturer within 48 hours of inspections and tests.
a. Test reports shall include reporting requirements of ASTM C31/C31M, ASTM C39/C39M, and ACI 301, including the follow ing as applicable to each test and inspection:
1) Project name.
2) Name of testing agency.
3) Names and certification numbers of field and laboratory technicians performing inspections and testing.
4) Name of concrete manufacturer.
5) Date and time of inspection, sampling, and field testing. 6) Date and time of concrete placement.
7) Location in Work of concrete represented by samples. 8) Date and time sample was obtained.
9) Truck and batch ticket numbers.
10) Design compressive strength at 28 days.
11) Concrete mixture designation, proportions, and materials. 12) Field test results.
13) Information on storage and curing of samples before testing, including curing method and maximum and minimum temperatures during initial curing period.
14) Type of fracture and compressive break strengths at seven days and 28 days.
C. Batch Tickets: For each load delivered, submit th ree copies of batch delivery ticket to testing agency, indicating quantity, mix identification , admixtures, design strength, aggregate size, design air content, design slump at time of batching, and amount of water that can be added at Project site.
D. Inspections:
1. Headed bolts and studs.
2. Verification of use of required design mixture.
3. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
146 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
4. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature.
5. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs.
6. Batch Plant Inspections: On a random basis, as determined by Architect.
E. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained in accordance with ASTM C 172/C 172M shall be performed in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sampl e for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof.
a. When frequency of testing provides fewer than five compressive-strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used.
2. Slump: ASTM C143/C143M:
a. One test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.
b. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
3. Slump Flow: ASTM C1611/C1611M:
a. One test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.
b. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
4. Air Content: ASTM C231/C231M pressure me thod, for normal-weight concrete; ASTM C173/C173M volumetric method, for structural lightweight concrete.
a. One test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.
5. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064/C1064M:
a. One test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below or 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample.
6. Unit Weight: ASTM C567/C567M fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete.
a. One test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.
7. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31/C31M:
a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two 6-inch by 12-inch or 4-inch by 8-inch cylinder specimens for each composite sample.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
147 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
8. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C39/C39M.
a. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated.
9. When strength of field-cured cylinders is le ss than 85 percent of companion laboratory- cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate op erations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place concrete.
10. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests eq uals or exceeds specified compressive strength, and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi if specifie d compressive strength is 5000 psi, or no compressive strength test value is less than 10 percent of specified compressive strength if specified compressive strength is greater than 5000 psi.
11. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete.
12. Additional Tests:
a. Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrai nment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. b. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42/C42M or by other methods as directed by Architect.
1) Acceptance criteria for concrete strength shall be in accordance with ACI 301 section 1.6.6.3.
13. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
14. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents.
F. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness in accordance with ASTM E1155 within 24 hours of completion of floor finishing and promptly report test results to Architect.
3.15 PROTECTION
A. Protect concrete surfaces as follows:
1. Protect from petroleum stains.
2. Diaper hydraulic equipment used over concrete surfaces.
3. Prohibit vehicles from interior concrete slabs.
4. Prohibit use of pipe-cutting machinery over concrete surfaces.
5. Prohibit placement of steel items on concrete surfaces.
6. Prohibit use of acids or acidic detergents over concrete surfaces.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
148 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE
033000
7. Protect liquid floor treatment from damage and wear during the remainder of construction period. Use protective meth ods and materials, including temporary covering, recommended in writing by liquid floor treatments installer.
8. Protect concrete surfaces scheduled to receive surface hardener or polished concrete finish using Floor Slab Protective Covering.
END OF SECTION 033000
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
149 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
SECTION 101423 - PANEL SIGNAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Panel signs.
2. Field-applied, vinyl-character signs.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary Project identification signs and for temporary informational and directional signs.
2. Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection" for temporary protection-zone signage.
1.3 ALLOWANCES
A. Allowances for signage and panel signs are specified in Section 012100 "Allowances."
1.4 UNIT PRICES
A. Work of this Section is affected by unit prices specified in Section 012200 "Unit Prices."
1.5 DEFINITIONS
A. Accessible: In accordance with the accessibility standard.
B. Illuminated: Illuminated by lighting source in tegrally constructed as part of the sign unit.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Furnish templates for placement of sign-anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction by other installers.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
150 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
B. Furnish templates for placement of electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers.
1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: For panel signs.
1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work.
2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by other installers, and accessories.
3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including raised characters and Braille, and layout for each sign at least half size.
4. Show locations of electrical service connections.
5. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sign assembly, exposed component, and exposed finish.
1. Include representative Samples of available typestyles and graphic symbols.
D. Samples for Verification: For each type of sign assembly showing all components and with the required finish(es), in manufacturer's standard size unless otherwise indicated and as follows:
1. Panel Signs: Full-size Sample.
2. Field-Applied, Vinyl-Character Signs: Ful l-size Sample of characters on glass.
3. Variable Component Materials: Full-size Sample of each base material, character (letter, number, and graphic element) in each expose d color and finish not included in Samples above.
4. Exposed Accessories: Full-size Sample of each accessory type.
5. Full-size Samples, if approved, will be returned to Contractor for use in Project.
E. Product Schedule: For panel signs. Use same designations indicated on Drawings or specified.
F. Delegated-Design Submittal: For signs indicated in "Performance Requirements" Article.
1. Include structural analysis calculations for signs indicated to comply with design loads; signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer.
B. Evaluation Reports: For post-installed anchors and power-actuated fasteners, from ICC-ES or other qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
151 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
C. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.
1.9 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals.
1.10 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Variable Component Materials: 12 replac eable text inserts and interchangeable characters (letters, numbers, and graphic elements) of each type.
2. Tools: One set(s) of specialty tools for assembling signs and replacing variable sign components.
1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employ s installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer.
1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of anchorage devices and electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
1.13 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Deterioration of finishes beyond normal weathering.
b. Deterioration of embedded graphic image.
c. Separation or delamination of sheet materials and components.
2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
152 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design sign structure and anchorage of sign type(s) according to structural performance requirements.
B. Structural Performance: Signs and supporting elements shall withstand the effects of gravity and other loads within limits and under conditions indicated.
1. Uniform Wind Load: As indicated on Drawings.
2. Concentrated Horizontal Load: As indicated on Drawings.
3. Other Design Load: As indicated on Drawings.
4. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
C. Thermal Movements: For exterior signs, a llow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes.
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.
D. Accessibility Standard: Comply with applicable provisions in the USDO J's "2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design" and ICC A117.1.
E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
2.2 PANEL SIGNS
A. Panel Sign: Sign with smooth, uniform surfaces ; with message and characters having uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; and as follows:
1. Solid-Sheet Sign and Returns: Aluminum, Stee,l Stainless-steel, Acrylic Fiberglass, or PVC sheet with finish specified in "Surface Finish and Applied Graphics" Subparagraph and as follows: As indicated on drawings.
2. Laminated Aluminum-Sheet Sign: Aluminum sheet laminated to both sides of acrylic core sheet with painted edges. As indicated on drawings.
3. Laminated-Sheet Sign: Photopolymer face sheet with raised graphics laminated over subsurface graphics to acrylic backing sheet to produce composite sheet. As indicated on drawings.
4. Composite Phenolic-Core Sign: Solid phenolic panel core with integral subsurface graphic image covered with integral, polymeric face layer. As indicated on drawings.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
153 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
5. Laminated Polycarbonate-Sheet Sign: Polycarbonate face sheet laminated to each side of phenolic base sheet to produce composite sheet. As indicated on drawings.
6. Engraved Plastic-Laminate Sign: Plastic-laminate face laminated to contrasting phenolic core to produce composite sheet. As indicated on drawings.
7. Sign-Panel Perimeter: Finish edges smooth.
8. Frame: Entire perimeter. As indicated on drawings.
9. Mounting: As indicated on Drawings.
10. Surface Finish and Applied Graphics: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
11. Text and Typeface: typeface as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
Finish raised characters to contrast with ba ckground color, and finish Braille to match background color.
12. Flatness Tolerance: Sign shall remain flat or uniformly curved under installed conditions as indicated on Drawings and within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch measured diagonally from corner to corner.
2.3 PANEL-SIGN MATERIALS
A. Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated.
B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated.
C. Brass Sheet (Yellow Brass): ASTM B36/B36M, alloy recommended by manufacturer and finisher for finish indicated.
D. Bronze Plate: ASTM B36/B36M, alloy recommended by manufacturer and finisher for finish indicated.
E. Copper Sheet: ASTM B152/B152M.
F. Steel Materials:
1. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, coating, either commercial or forming steel.
2. Steel Sheet: Uncoated, cold-rolled, ASTM A1008/A1008M, commercial steel, Type B, exposed or electrolytic zinc-coated, ASTM A879/A879M, Coating Designation 08Z, with steel-sheet substrate according to ASTM A1008/A1008M, commercial steel, exposed.
3. Steel Members Fabricated from Plate or Bar Stock: ASTM A529/A529M or ASTM A572/A572M, 42,000-psi minimum yield strength.
4. For steel exposed to view on completion, prov ide materials having flat, smooth surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials wh ose surfaces exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
154 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
G. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A240/A240M or ASTM A666, stretcher-leveled standard of flatness.
H. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D4802, category as standard with manufacturer for each sign, Type UVF (UV filtering).
I. Fiberglass Sheet: Multiple laminations of glass- fiber-reinforced polyeste r resin with UV-light stable, colorfast, nonfading, weather- and stain- resistant, colored polyester gel coat, and with manufacturer's standard finish.
J. Polycarbonate Sheet: ASTM C1349, Appendix X1, Ty pe II (coated, mar-re sistant, UV-stabilized polycarbonate), with coating on both sides.
K. PVC Sheet: Manufacturer's standard, UV-light stable, PVC plastic.
L. Plastic-Laminate Sheet: NEMA LD 3, general-purpose HGS grade, 0.048-inch nominal thickness.
M. Vinyl Film: UV-resistant vinyl film of nominal thickness indicated, with pressure-sensitive, permanent adhesive on back; die cut to form characters or images as indicated on Drawings and suitable for exterior applications.
N. Paints and Coatings for Sheet Materials: Inks , dyes, and paints that are recommended by manufacturer for optimum adherence to surface and are UV and water resistant for colors and exposure indicated.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signs, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following unless otherwise indicated:
1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed.
2. For exterior exposure, furnish nonferrous-met al, stainless-steel, or hot-dip galvanized devices unless otherwise indicated.
3. Exposed Metal-Fastener Components, General:
a. Fabricated from same basic metal and finish of fastened metal unless otherwise indicated.
b. Fastener Heads: For nonstructural connecti ons, use flathead or oval countersunk screws and bolts with tamper-resistant Allen-head, spanner-head, or one-way- head slots unless otherwise indicated.
4. Sign Mounting Fasteners:
a. Concealed Studs: Concealed (b lind), threaded studs welded or brazed to back of sign material or screwed into back of sign assembly unless otherwise indicated. b. Projecting Studs: Threaded studs with slee ve spacer, welded or brazed to back of sign material or screwed into back of sign assembly, unless otherwise indicated.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
155 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
c. Through Fasteners: Exposed metal fasteners matching sign finish, with type of head indicated, and installed in predrilled holes.
5. Inserts: Furnish inserts to be set by other installers into concrete or masonry work.
B. Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener sy stems with bolts of same basic metal as fastened metal, if visible, unless otherwise indicated; with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC308 as appropriate for the substrate.
C. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener systems with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70.
D. Adhesive: As recommended by sign manufacturer.
E. Two-Face Tape: Manufacturer's standard high-b ond, foam-core tape, 0.045 inch thick, with adhesive on both sides.
F. Hook-and-Loop Tape: Manufacturer's standard two-part tape consisting of hooked part on sign back and looped side on mounting surface.
G. Magnetic Tape: Manufacturer's standard magnetic tape with adhesive on one side.
H. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1187/D1187M.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated.
1. Preassemble signs in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble signs and assemblies only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation; apply markings in locations concealed from view after final assembly.
2. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention.
3. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in welding and brazing. Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without di storting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded and brazed connections of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces.
4. Conceal connections if possible; otherwi se, locate connections where they are inconspicuous.
5. Internally brace signs for stability, to meet structural performance loading without oil- canning or other surface deformation, and for securing fasteners.
6. Provide rabbets, lugs, and tabs necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing work. Drill and tap for required fa steners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
156 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
B. Surface-Engraved Graphics: Machine engrave characters and other graphic devices into indicated sign surface to produce precisely formed copy, incised to uniform depth.
1. Engraved Metal: Fill engraved graphics with manufacturer's standard baked enamel.
2. Engraved Opaque Acrylic Sheet: Fill engrav ed graphics with manufacturer's standard enamel.
3. Face-Engraved Clear Acrylic Sheet: Fill engraved copy with manufacturer's standard enamel. Apply manufacturer's standard opaque background color coating to back face of acrylic sheet.
4. Engraved Plastic Laminate: Engrave through exposed face ply of plastic-laminate sheet to expose contrasting core ply.
C. Subsurface-Applied Graphics: Apply graphics to back face of clear face-sheet material to produce precisely formed image. Image shall be free of rough edges.
D. Subsurface-Engraved Graphics: Reverse engrave back face of clear face-sheet material. Fill resulting copy with manufacturer's standard enamel. Apply opaque manufacturer's standard background color coating over enamel-filled copy.
E. Shop- and Subsurface-Applied Vinyl: Align vinyl film in final position and apply to surface. Firmly press film from the middle outward to obtain good bond without blisters or fishmouths.
F. Brackets: Fabricate brackets, fittings, and hard ware for bracket-mounted signs to suit sign construction and mounting condit ions indicated. Modify manufact urer's standard brackets as required.
1. Aluminum Brackets: Factory finish brackets with baked-enamel or powder-coat finish to match sign-background color color unless otherwise indicated.
2. Stainless-Steel Brackets: Factory finish brackets to match sign background finish unless otherwise indicated.
2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS
A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
C. Directional Finishes: Run grain with long dimens ion of each piece and perpendicular to long dimension of finished trim or border surface unless otherwise indicated.
D. Organic, Anodic, and Chemically Produced Finishes: Apply to formed metal after fabrication but before applying contrasting polished finishes on raised features unless otherwise indicated.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
157 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, or thicker.
B. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, or thicker.
C. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film thickness of
1.5 mils. Comply with coating manufacturer's wr itten instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish.
2.8 METALLIC-COATED STEEL FINISHES
A. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces of oil and other contaminants. Use cleaning methods that do not leave residue. After cleaning, apply a co nversion coating compatible with the organic coating to be applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint, complying with SSPC-Paint 20, to comply with ASTM A780/A780M.
B. Factory Prime Finish: After cleaning and pretreat ing, apply an air-dried primer compatible with the organic coating to be applied over it.
C. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: After cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat to a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils.
2.9 STEEL FINISHES
A. Surface Preparation: Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, and prepare for coating according to coating manufacturer's written instructions.
1. For Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: Af ter cleaning, apply a conversion coating compatible with the organic coating to be applied over it.
B. Factory Prime Finish: After surface preparat ion and pretreatment, apply manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal primer.
C. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: After cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat to a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils.
2.10 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES
A. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish.
B. Polished Finishes: Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches.
1. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
158 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
2. Directional Satin Finish: No. 4.
3. Dull Satin Finish: No. 6.
4. Reflective, Directional Polish: No. 7.
5. Mirrorlike Reflective, Nondirectional Polish: No. 8.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, wi th Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Verify that sign-support surfaces are within to lerances to accommodate signs without gaps or irregularities between backs of signs and support surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
C. Verify that anchorage devices embedded in pe rmanent construction are correctly sized and located to accommodate signs.
D. Verify that electrical service is correctly sized and located to accommodate signs.
E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install signs using mounting method s indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance.
2. Install signs so they do not protrude or obstruct according to the accessibility standard.
3. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation.
4. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of exterior aluminum in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.
B. Accessible Signage: Install in locations on walls as indicated on Drawings.
C. Mounting Methods:
1. Concealed Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface.
a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place sign in positi on and push until flush to surface, COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
159 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
embedding studs in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets.
b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place sign in position and flush to surface, install washers and nuts on studs projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten.
2. Projecting Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface.
a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place spacers on studs , place sign in position, and push until spacers are pinched between sign and substrate, embedding the stud ends in holes.
Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place spacers on studs, place sign in position with spacers pinched between sign and substrate, and install washers and nuts on stud ends projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten.
3. Through Fasteners: Drill holes in substrate using predrilled holes in sign as template.
Countersink holes in sign if required. Place si gn in position and flush to surface. Install through fasteners and tighten.
4. Brackets: Remove loose debris from substr ate surface and install backbar or bracket supports in position so that signage is correctly located and aligned.
5. Shim-Plate Mounting: Provide 1/8-inch- thick, concealed aluminum shim plates with predrilled and countersunk holes, at locations indicated, and where other direct mounting methods are impractical. Attach plate with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate. Attach signs to pl ate using through fastener method specified above.
D. Field-Applied, Vinyl-Character Signs: Clean and dry substrate. Align sign characters in final position before removing release liner. Remove release liner in stages, and apply and firmly press characters into final position. Press from the middle outward to obtain good bond without blisters or fishmouths. Remove carrier film without disturbing applied vinyl film.
E. Signs Mounted on Glass: Provide opaque sheet matching sign material and finish onto opposite side of glass to conceal back of sign.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace damaged or deformed signs and signs that do not comply with specified requirements. Replace signs with damaged or deteriorated finishes or components that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed.
C. On completion of installation, clean exposed su rfaces of signs according to manufacturer's written instructions, and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish. Maintain signs in a clean condition during construction and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
160 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
END OF SECTION 101423
161 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 116800 - PLAY FIELD EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes playground equipment as follows:
1. All Play Equipment indicated on Drawings.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Definitions in ASTM F 1487 apply to Work of this Section.
B. IPEMA: International Play Equipment Manufacturers Association.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: For each type of playground equipment.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.
2. Include fall heights and use zones for playground equipment, coordinated with the critical-height values of protective surfacing specified in Section 321816.13 "Playground Protective Surfacing." C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of exposed finish.
1. Manufacturer's color charts.
2. Include Samples of accessories involving color selection.
D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish on the following products:
1. Include Samples of accessories to verify color and finish selection.
2. Posts and Rails: Minimum 6 inches long.
3. Platforms: Minimum 6 inches square.
4. Molded Plastic: Minimum 3 inches square.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer.
162 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
B. Product Certificates: For each type of playground equipment.
C. Material Certificates: For the following items:
1. Shop finishes.
2. Wood-Preservative Treatment: Include certific ation by treating plant that states type of preservative solution and pressure process us ed, net amount of preservative retained, and compliance with applicable standards.
D. Field quality-control reports.
E. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranties.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For playground equipment and finishes to include in maintenance manuals.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm whose playground equipment components have been certified by IPEMA's third-party product certification service.
B. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of playground equipment that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures.
b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering and use.
2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain playground equipment from single source from single manufacturer.
B. Playground equipment and components shall have the IPEMA Certification Seal.
C. The following playground equipment and components shall have the IPEMA Certification Seal:
1. All play equipment indicated on Drawings.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Safety Standard: Provide playground equipment according to ASTM F 1487.
163 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
2.3 Playground Equipment
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide from the following company:
a. Manufacturer: As indicated on Drawings or approved equal. b. Model: As indicated on Drawings.
c. Color: As indicated on Drawings.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Provide sizes, strengths, thicknesse s, wall thickness, and weights of components as required to comply with requirements in ASTM F 1487. Factory drill co mponents for field assembly. Unnecessary holes in components, not required for field assembly, are not permitted. Provide complete play structures, including supporting members and connections, means of access and egress, designated play surfaces, barriers, guardrails, handrails, handholds, and othe r components indicated or required for equipment indicated.
B. Metal Frame: Fabricate main-frame upright support po sts from metal pipe or tubing with cross-section profile and dimensions as required. Unless otherwise indicated, provide each pipe or tubing main-frame member with manufacturer's standard drainable bo ttom plate or support flange. Fabricate secondary frame members, bracing, and connections from either steel or aluminum.
C. Composite Frame: Fabricate main-frame upright su pport posts from metal and plastic. Fabricate secondary frame members, bracing, and connections from either steel or aluminum.
D. Play Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard elevated drainable decks, platforms, landings, walkways, ramps, and similar transitional play surfaces, designed to withstand loads; fabricated from perforated or expanded metal polyethylene panel or plank permalene made into floor units with slip-resistant finish.
Fabricate units in modular sizes and shapes to form assembled play surfaces indicated.
E. Protective Barriers: Fabricate accord ing to ASTM F 1487. Extend barriers to height above the protected elevated surface according to requirements for use by age group indicated. Fabricate from one or more of the following:
1. Welded-metal pipe or tubing with vertical bars.
2. Steel sheet with openings for vision and ventilation.
3. Metal-pipe or -tubing frame with wire-mesh infill panels.
4. Opaque plastic panels.
5. Permalene panels with openings for vision and ventilation.
F. Handrails: Welded metal pipe or tubing, maximum OD between 0.95 and 1.55 inches.
1. Provide handrails at heights to comply with requirements for use by age group indicated according to ASTM F 1487.
G. Roofs and Canopies: Designed to discourage and minimize climbing by users.
1. Fabricated from polyethylene.
H. Signs: Manufacturer's standard sig n panels, fabricated from Permalene or approved equal, attached to freestanding, upright support posts.
1. Text: Minimum informational content according to ASTM F 1487.
2. Colors: Insert colors as indicated or manufacturer's designation. 164 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
2.5 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum: Material, alloy, and temper recommende d by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated.
B. Steel: Material types, alloys, and forms recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated, hot-dip galvanized.
C. Stainless-Steel Sheet: Type 304; finished on exposed faces with No. 2B finish or better.
D. Opaque Plastics: Color impregnated, UV stabilized, and mold resistant.
E. Transparent Plastic: Abrasion-resistant, UV-stabilized polycarbonate sheet; clear, colorless; not less than 3/16 inch thick.
F. Suspension Chain and Fittings: ASTM A 467/A 467M, Class CS, 4/0 or 5/0, welded-straight-link coil chain; zinc plated; with commercial-quality, zinc-plated steel connectors and swing or ring hangers.
G. Suspension Cable: Manufacturer's standard zinc-plated cable; with commercial-quality, zinc-plated steel connectors and swing or ring hangers.
H. Iron Castings and Hangers: Malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M, Grade 32510, hot-dip galvanized.
I. Post Caps: Color to match posts.
J. Platform Clamps and Hangers: Manufacturer's standard; commercial-quality; corrosion-resistant; hot- dip galvanized steel and iron, stainless steel, or aluminum; of a vandal-resistant design.
K. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard; commercial-qualit y; corrosion-resistant; hot-dip galvanized steel and iron, stainless steel, or aluminum; of a vandal-resistant design.
L. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard; corrosion-resistant; hot-dip galvanized or zinc-plated steel and iron, or stainless steel; permanently capped; and theft resistant.
2.6 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal-weight concrete with minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi, 3-inch slump, and 1- inch-maximum-size aggregate.
B. Concrete Materials and Properties: Dry-packaged concrete mix complying with ASTM C 387/C 387M and mixed at site with potable water, according to manu facturer's written instructions, for normal-weight concrete with minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi, 3-inch slump, and 1-inch-maximum- size aggregate.
2.7 IRON AND STEEL FINISHES
A. Powder-Coat Finish: After cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat to a minimum dry fi lm thickness of 2 mils.
Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for pretreatment, applying, and baking.
165 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Inst aller present, for compliance with requirements for earthwork, subgrade elevations, surface and subgrade drainage, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1. Do not begin installation before final grading required for placing playground equipment and protective surfacing is completed.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for each equipment type unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Anchor playground equipment securely, positioned at locations and elevations indicated.
1. Maximum Equipment Height: Coordinate installe d fall heights of equipment with finished elevations and critical-height values of protective surfacing. Set equipment so fall heights and elevation requirements for age group use and accessi bility are within requir ed limits. Verify that playground equipment elevations comply with requirements for each type and component of equipment.
B. Post and Footing Excavation: Excavate holes for posts and footings as indicated in firm, undisturbed or compacted subgrade soil.
C. Post Set on Subgrade: Level bearing surfaces with drainage fill to required elevation.
D. Post Set with Concrete Footing: Comply with Sect ion 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for measuring, batching, mixing, transporting, forming, and placing concrete.
1. Set equipment posts in concrete footing. Protect portion of posts above footing from concrete splatter. Verify that posts are set plumb or at the correct angle, alignment, height, and spacing.
a. Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Hold posts in position during placement and finishing operations until concrete is sufficiently cured.
2. Embedded Items: Follow equipment manufacturer's written instructions and drawings to ensure correct installation of anchorages for equipment.
3. Finishing Footings: Smooth top, and shape to shed water.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B. Perform the following tests and inspections.
1. Perform inspection and testing for each type of installed playground equipment according to ASTM F 1487.
C. Playground equipment items will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
166 PANEL SIGNAGE 40320
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
E. Notify Owner 48 hours in advance of date(s) and time(s) of testing and inspection.
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
167 FACILITY SANITARY
SEWERS
221313
SECTION 221313 - FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. SaniTite HP Sewer Main.
2. Cleanouts.
3. Encasement for piping.
4. Concrete.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Pipe and fittings.
2. Non-pressure and pressure couplings
3. Expansion joints and deflection fittings.
4. Cleanouts.
B. Shop Drawings: For manholes. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and frames and covers.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings:
1. Show pipe sizes, locations, and elevations. Show other piping in same trench and clearances from sewer system piping. Indicate interface and spatial relationship between manholes, piping, and proximate structures.
2. Show system piping in profile. Draw profiles to horizontal scale of not less than 1 inch equals 50 feet and to vertical scale of not less than 1 inch equals 5 feet. Indicate manholes and piping. Show types, sizes, materials, and elevations of other utilities crossing system piping.
B. Product Certificates: For each type of pipe and fitting.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
168 FACILITY SANITARY
SEWERS
221313
C. Field quality-control reports.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Do not store plastic manholes, pipe, and fittings in direct sunlight.
B. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage.
C. Handle manholes according to manufacturer's written rigging instructions.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Interruption of Existing Sanitary Sewerage Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by City or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify City no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of service without City's written permission.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SANITITE HP SEWER MAIN
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install ADS-Pipe “SaniTite HP” (High Performance Polypropylene) Pipe, or approved equal, in ac cordance with the manufacturer’s installation manual and the current City of Merced Standard Designs S-8 (Sanitary Sewer Data) and S-9 (Sewer System Testing), the Plans, and these Special Provisions.
B. Pipe Requirements: SaniTite HP pipe shall have a smooth interior, and annular exterior corrugations, and shall meet ASTM F2764 with the modifications listed herein.
C. Joint Performance: The pipe shall be watertight according to the requirements of ASTM D3212
10.8 psi (74kPa) laboratory test. Spigot shall have two gaskets meeting the requirements of ASTM F477. Gaskets shall be installed by the pipe manufacturer and covered with a removable wrap to ensure the gasket is fr ee from debris. A joint lubricant supplied by the manufacturer shall be used on the gasket and bell during assembly. The pipe shall have a reinforced bell with a polymer composite band installed by the manufacturer.
Fittings shall conform to ASTM F2881 or F2764 for applicable diameters, and be capable of withstanding all operating conditions when installed. Fittings may be molded or fabricated.
Fabricated fittings shall be welded at all accessible interior and exterior junctions.
D. Field Pipe and Joint Performance: To assure water tightness, field performance verification shall be accomplished by testing in accordance with ASTM F2487 for water and F1417 or C1103 for air. Appropriate safety precautions must be used when field-testing any pipe material. Contact the manufacturer for recommended leakage rates.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
169 FACILITY SANITARY
SEWERS
221313
E. Material Properties: Polypropylene compound for pipe and fitting production shall be an impact modified copolymer meeting the material requirements ASTM F2764.
2.2 CLEANOUTS
A. Cast-Iron Cleanouts:
1. Description: ASME A112.36.2M, round, gray-i ron housing with clamping device and round, secured, scoriated, gray-iron cover. Include gray-iron ferrule with inside calk or spigot connection and countersunk, tapered-thread, brass closure plug.
2. Top-Loading Classification(s): Medium Duty.
3. Sewer Pipe Fitting and Riser to Cleanout: ASTM A74, Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings.
B. PVC Cleanouts:
1. Description: PVC body with PVC threaded plug. Include PVC sewer pipe fitting and riser to cleanout of same material as sewer piping.
2.3 MANHOLES
A. The Contractor shall construct new sewer manho le where indicated on the plans, provide continuous service (existing mains), provide ba ckfill material, and restore site paving to applicable City of Merced Standards. All manholes shall be constructed per the requirements of a 12-foot deep manhole, with a 60-inch diamet er barrel. Manhole frame and cover shall be a D&L Supply Company A-1094 or approved equal. A concrete collar shall be placed around each manhole frame consisting of 4000psi concrete with two #4 rebar loops. The manhole base shall be a minimum of 7-foot diameter.
All incoming and out flowing sewer mains or laterals shall be extended and re-connected to the new manhole as required, using like materials and C-594 sewer repair couplings with stainless steel shear rings, or an approved alternative method.
The Contractor shall install new manhole frames and covers at each site. Reuse of existing frames and covers shall not be permitted.
Any sewage spills, or any construction debris that falls into the sewer main, shall be cleaned up at the Contractor’s expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
References:
1. Sewer Manhole Details (S-1)
2. Drop Manhole (S-2)
3. Manhole Frame and Cover (S-3)
4. Large Size Manhole Frame and Cover (S-3A)
5. General Requirements (ST-6)
6. Trench Excavation and Backfill (T-1)
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
170 FACILITY SANITARY
SEWERS
221313
7. Trenching and Backfill Requirements (T-3, T-4, T-5)
8. PCC Collar Pipe Connections (SD-8)
B. MANHOLE TIE-IN: The Contractor shall perform the manhole tie-in in accordance to the detail as shown on the Plans, and these Special Provisions.
Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price as set forth in the proposal and shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, excavation, backfill, compaction, resurfacing and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
2.4 CONCRETE
A. General: Cast-in-place concrete complying with ACI 318, ACI 350, and the following:
1. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type II.
2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33/C33M, sand.
3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C33/C33M, crushed gravel.
4. Water: Potable.
B. Portland Cement Design Mix: 4000 psi minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio.
1. Reinforcing Fabric: ASTM A1064/A1064M, steel, welded wire fabric, plain.
2. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 deformed steel.
C. Manhole Channels and Benches: Factory or field formed from concrete. Portland cement design mix, 4000 psi minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. Include channels and benches in manholes.
1. Channels: Concrete invert, formed to same width as connected piping, with height of vertical sides to three-fourths of pipe di ameter. Form curved channels with smooth, uniform radius and slope.
a. Invert Slope: 1 percent through manhole.
2. Benches: Concrete, sloped to drain into channel.
D. Ballast and Pipe Supports: Portland cement design mix, 3000 psi minimum, with 0.58 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio.
1. Reinforcing Fabric: ASTM A1064/A1064M, steel, welded wire fabric, plain.
2. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 deformed steel.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
171 FACILITY SANITARY
SEWERS
221313
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EARTHWORK
A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving."
3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall be in accordance with ASTM D2321 and ADS recommended installation guidelines, with the exception that only minimum cover in traffic area shall be one foot. Backfill for minimum cover situations shall consist of Class 2 (minimum 90% SPD) material. Maximum fill heights depend on embedment material and compaction level. Contact the local representative or visit the website at www.ads-pipe.com for a copy of the installation guidelines.
This item shall include trench excavation, bedding, setting of the pipe, stub outs, caps, connections to existing sewer main, testing, backfill, compaction, pa ving, and all conditions described on the plans, and in the applicable City of Merced Standards. The removal of existing sewer main pipe shall be included where necessar y. Connections to existing pipe of dissimilar materials shall be done using C-594 sewer repair couplings with stainless shear rings, manufacturer’s recommendations, or an approved alternative method.
Where a portion of existing surfacing is to be removed, the outline of the area to be removed shall be cut on a neat line with a power-driven saw to a minimum depth of 0.17-foot before removing the surfacing.
Trench excavation and backfill work shall confor m to the City of Merced Standards T-1 to T-5 (Trenching and Backfill Requirements) and shall be paid for under this item.
The new sewer main shall retain the vertical and horizontal alignments as shown on the Plans.
The Contractor and the Engineer, in writing, shall agree upon any deviation from the planned alignments.
Payment for this item, “SaniTite HP Sewer Main,” shall be at the contract unit price as set forth in the proposal and shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, compaction and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
3.3 MANHOLE INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall perform the manhole tie-in in accordance to the detail as shown on the Plans, and these Special Provisions.
Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price as set forth in the proposal and shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, excavation, backfill, compaction, resurfacing and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
172 FACILITY SANITARY
SEWERS
221313
3.4 RECONNECT EXISTING SEWER LATERAL
A. The Contractor shall reconnect all existing sewer laterals (shown or not shown) in accordance to the detail as shown on the Plans, and these Special Provisions.
Connection of the new service lateral to the mainline shall be accomplished by means of a compression-fit service connection. The service connection shall be specifically designed for connection to the sewer main being installed, and shall be INSERTA TEE as manufactured by Fowler Manufacturing Co. Hillsbo ro, Oregon, (503) 357-2110; or a pproved equal. Install using procedures and equipment as referenced in manufacturer’s written installation instructions.
This item includes all pipe replacement or exte nsions, fittings, bends, couplings, trenching, backfill, compaction and paving. The work shall comply with City Standards S-7 (Sewer Lateral).
Payment for this item shall be at the contract unit price as set forth in the proposal and shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, excavation, backfill, compaction, resurfacing and all work necessary for the completion of this item.
3.5 SEWER PUMP BYPASS SYSTEM
A. The Contractor shall provide a sewer pump bypass plan to the City Engineer for approval, prior to the start of work. The Contractor shall provide for the flow of the sewage around the section of sewer lines designated for replacement. The bypa ss shall be made by plugging the line at an existing upstream manhole, or other approved access point, and pumping or directing the flow to a downstream manhole or adjacent sanitary sewer system.
While bypass pumping is being performed, the sewer bypass system shall be monitored and maintained by the Contractor at all times. The Contractor will provide names, contact information, and schedules of all individuals who will be monitoring the sewer bypass system.
All piping, joints, and accessories must be designed to withstand at least the maximum by-pass system pressure. The bypassing pipelines will not be flexible hose type unless approved by the City. During by-pass pumping, no sewage will be leaked, dumped, or spilled in or onto any area outside of the existing sanitary sewer system.
The Contractor shall provide adequate pumping equipment and force mains in order to maintain reliable sanitary sewer service in all sanitary sewer lines involved. The Contractor must have backup pumps and force mains on the job site in case of equipment failure. Under no circumstances will the flow be interrupted or stopped such that damage is done to either private or public property or sewage flows or overflows into the storm sewer or natural waterway.
When bypass pumping operations are complete, al l piping must be drained into the sanitary sewer priority to disassembly.
If sewage back up or spills occur, and enter buildings or property, the contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repairs, property damage costs, fines and claims. The Contractor shall be responsible for continuity of sanitary sewer service to any facility connected to the section of sewer during the execution of the work.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
173 FACILITY SANITARY
SEWERS
221313
Mitigation of noise generated by the bypass sy stem must be addressed by the Contractor. All pumps, primary and backup, will be at a mini mum by sound-attenuated and insulated to maintain 60 decibels at 50-feet or better. Plac ement and location of all pumps shall be placed in such a way to minimize the noise level to the greatest extent possible. Pump placement details and support appurtenances must be detailed in the bypass plan submitted by the Contractor.
Included in this item are the removal & replacement of concrete valley gutter, curb and gutter, or slabs, asphalt pavement, expose existing sewer manhole for bypass process and restore back to its original condition. Bypass piping shall be installed below ground at all driveways, parking lots, and roadways per the “Bypass Trenching” detail on the plans. All other (dirt location) may be installed above ground. Access to properties shall be available to property owners at all times.
x Existing sewer flow rate ranges approximately between 10 GPM to 100 GPM.
3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318.
3.7 CLEANOUT INSTALLATION
A. Install cleanouts and riser extensions from sewer pipes to cleanouts at grade. Use cast-iron soil pipe fittings in sewer pipes at branches for cleanouts, and use cast-iron soil pipe for riser extensions to cleanouts. Install piping so cleanouts open in direction of flow in sewer pipe.
1. Use Light-Duty, top-loading classification cleanouts in earth or unpaved foot-traffic areas.
2. Use Medium-Duty, top-loading classification cleanouts in paved foot-traffic areas.
3. Use Heavy-Duty, top-loading classification cleanouts in vehicle-traffic service areas.
4. Use Extra-Heavy-Duty, top-loading classification cleanouts in roads.
B. Set cleanout frames and covers in earth in cast-in-place-concrete block in accordance with the City of Merced Standard Details.
C. Set cleanout frames and covers in concrete pavement and roads with tops flush with pavement surface.
3.8 IDENTIFICATION
A. Comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for underground utility identification devices. Arrange for installation of green warning tapes directly over piping and at outside edges of underground manholes.
1. Use warning tape or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
174 FACILITY SANITARY
SEWERS
221313
2. Use detectable warning tape over nonferro us piping and over edges of underground manholes.
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place, and again at completion of Project.
1. Submit separate report for each system inspection.
2. Defects requiring correction include the following:
a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures. b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or cylinder of size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter.
c. Damage: Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping. d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping.
e. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping.
3. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified.
4. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory.
B. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects.
1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval.
2. Test completed piping systems according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours' advance notice.
4. Submit separate report for each test.
5. Hydrostatic Tests: Test sanitary sewerage according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and the following:
a. Fill sewer piping with water. Test with pressure of at least 10-foot head of water, and maintain such pressure without leakage for at least 15 minutes. b. Close openings in system and fill with water.
c. Purge air and refill with water.
d. Disconnect water supply.
e. Test and inspect joints for leaks.
6. Air Tests: Test sanitary sewerage accord ing to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, UNI-B-6, and the following:
a. Test plastic gravity sewer piping according to ASTM F1417. b. Test concrete gravity sewer piping according to ASTM C1628.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
175 FACILITY SANITARY
SEWERS
221313
7. Force Main: Perform hydrostatic test after thrust blocks, supports, and anchors have hardened. Test at pressure not less than 1-1/2 times the maximum system operating pressure, but not less than 150 psig.
a. Ductile-Iron Piping: Test according to AWWA C600, "Hydraulic Testing" Section. b. PVC Piping: Test according to AWWA M23, "Testing and Maintenance" Chapter.
8. Manholes: Perform hydraulic test according to ASTM C969.
C. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired.
D. Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified.
3.10 CLEANING
A. Clean dirt and superfluous material from interior of piping.
END OF SECTION 221313
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
176 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
AND METHODS
260500
SECTION 260500 – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes
1. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessa ry to complete the installation required for the items specified under Division 26.
2. Division 26 when referenced refers to the following Sections:
a. Section 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems b. Section 260519 Conductors and Cables
c. Section 260533 Raceway and Boxes
B. Related work under this section
1. Labor and materials required to furnish and inst all the electrical systems in a complete and operational fashion.
2. Carpentry, masonry, steel and concrete materials and labor required for construction of proper stands, bases and supports for electrical materials and equipment.
3. Excavating, pumping and backfilling required for installation.
4. Repair of damage to the premises resulting from construction activities under this Section to City’s satisfaction.
5. Removal of work debris from construction activities to City’s satisfaction.
6. Testing and cleaning of equipment installed.
C. Related Sections
1. Where items specified in other Division 26 sections conflict with the requirements of this Section, the most stringent requirement shall govern.
2. The requirements of this Section apply to all Division 26 work, as applicable.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Comply with the latest edition of the following ap plicable specifications and standards except as otherwise shown or specified:
1. CCR –California Code of Regulations
a. Title 8 –Industrial Relations; Section 1 –Department of Industrial Relations
1) Chapter 3.2 -California Occupational Safety and Health Regulations (CAL/OSHA) 2) Chapter 4 –Section of Industrial Safety
a) Subchapter 4 -Construction Safety Orders (CSO)
b) Subchapter 5 -Electrical Safety Orders (ESO)
b. Title 24 –California Building Standards
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
177 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
AND METHODS
260500
1) Part 1 -Building Standards Administrative Code
2) Part 2 -California Building Code (CBC); International Building Code (IBC) with California amendments
3) Part 3 -California Electrical Code(CEC); NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) with California amendments
4) Part 4 -California Mechanical Code (MEC); IAPMO Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) with California amendments
5) Part 5 -California Plumbing Code; IAPM O Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) with California amendments
6) Part 6 -California Energy Code
7) Part 9 -California Fire Code; Internatio nal Fire Code (IFC) with California amendments
8) Part 12 -California Reference Standards Code
2. CPUC –California Public Utilities Commission
a. GO-95; Rules for Overhead Electric Line Construction b. GO-128; Rules for Construction of Underg round Electric Supply and Communication Systems
3. IEEE –Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
a. C2; National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
4. NECA –National Electrical Contractors Association
a. 1; Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting b. 4090; Manual of Labor Units
5. All applicable local municipal codes and ordinances.
6. Applicable rules and regulations of local utility companies.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Refer to Division 1.
B. Closeout Submittal
1. Furnish three complete sets of maintenance and operating instructions bound in a binder and indexed to City. Start compiling data upon approval of materials and equipment. Final inspection will not be made until Engineer approves bind ers. Refer also to Divi sion 1 for additional requirements.
2. Provide one of each tool required for proper equipment operation an d maintenance provided under this Division. All tools shall be delivered to the City at project completion.
3. Provide two keys to City for each lock furnished under Division 26.
4. Record Drawings
a. Refer to Division 1.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
178 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
AND METHODS
260500
1.4 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Refer to Division 1.
1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROPOSALS
A. Refer to Division 1.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. References to codes, standards, specifications and recommendations of technical societies, trade organizations and governmental agencies shall mean th at latest edition of such publications adopted and published prior to bid submittal. Such codes or standards shall be considered a part of this Specification as though fully repeated herein.
B. Work and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest rules and regulations of applicable state of local laws or regulations and standards of following:
1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
2. California Electrical Code (CEC)
3. California Occupational Safety Health Act (Cal-OSHA)
4. California State Fire Marshall (CSFM)
5. California Code of Regulations (CCR)
6. Electrical Safety Orders, CAC Title 8 (ESO)
7. California Public Utilities Commissions, General Order 95 (GO-95)
8. Applicable rules and regulati ons of local utility companies.
9. NECA 1-2006, Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting C. All electrical equipment and material furnished und er Division 26 shall conform to all CEC requirements and bear the Underwriters’ Laboratories (UL) label where applicable.
D. Nothing in the Construction Documents shall be construed to permit work not conforming to these Codes. Whenever the indicated material, workmanship, arrangement or construction is of high quality or capacity than that required by the above rule s and regulations, the Construction Documents shall take precedence. Should there be any direct conflict between the rules and regulations and Construction Documents, the rules shall govern.
E. All electrical equipment and material furnished under this Division shall conform to NEMA and ASTM standards, CEC and bear the Underwriters’ Laboratories (UL) label where such label is applicable.
F. All electrical work shall conform to manufacturer’s written instruction, and the NECA Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting and all published recommended practices at the time of project. The Contractor shall use the requirements with in the Specifications whenever they exceed NECA guidelines.
G. Follow manufacturer’s direction where these direction cover points not included with the Construction Documents.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Packing, shipping, handling and unloading
1. Damage to the equipment delivered to the site or in transit to the job shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
179 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
AND METHODS
260500
2. Equipment and material delivery of shall be scheduled as required for timely, expeditious progress of work.
B. Storage and protection of job equipment is the responsibility Contractor.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Discrepancies
1. In the event of discrepancies with the Contract Do cuments, City shall be notified with sufficient time as stated within Division 1 to allow the issuing of an addendum prior to the bid opening.
2. If, in the event that time does not permit notific ation of clarification of discrepancies prior to the bid opening, the following shall apply:
a. The drawings govern in matters of quantity and specifications govern in matters of quality. b. In the event of conflict within the drawings and specifications involving quantities or quality, the greater quantity or higher quality shall apply. Such discrepancies shall be noted and clarified within the contractor’s bid. No additional allowances will be made because of errors, ambiguities or omissions which reasonably should have been discovered during the bid preparation.
B. Verify all power and communication utilities’ requirements prior to commencement of any utility work.
Make proper adjustments to the construction to satisfy the serving utility.
C. Information shown relative to services is based upon available records and data, but shall be regarded as approximate only. Make minor deviations found necessary to conform to actual locations and conditions without extra cost. Verify locations and elevations of utilities prior to commencement of excavation for new underground installation.
D. Exercise extreme care in excavating near existing utilities to avoid any damage thereto; be responsible for any damage caused by such operations. Contact all ut ility companies to obtain exact locations prior to commencement of construction.
E. The electrical plans indicate the general layout an d arrangement; the field conditions shall determine exact locations. Field verify all conditions and modify as required to satisfy design intent. Maintain all required working clearances.
F. Fees, permits and utility services
1. Obtain and pay for all permits and service charges required for the installation of this work.
Arrange for required inspections and secure approvals from auth orities having jurisdiction.
Arrange for all utility connections and pay charges incurred including excess service charges if any.
2. Extra charges imposed by the electrical and communication utility companies shall be included in the bid, if available. Unless otherwise stated, these charges will be assumed to include in the bid.
G. Provide and maintain temporary construction power. The General Contractor will pay for electric energy charges. Should the Electrical Contractor be the prim e contractor, the Electrical Contractor shall pay for energy charges unless negotiated with City.
1.9 SEQUENCING
A. Coordinate work within phasing plans as provided by the City.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
180 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
AND METHODS
260500
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Refer to Division 1.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Materials mentioned herein or on Drawings require that the items be provided and of quality noted or an approved equal. All materials shall be new, full weight, standard in all respects and in first-class condition.
Insofar as possible, all materials used shall be of the same brand or manufacturer throughout for each class of material or equipment.
B. Trade names or catalog numbers stated herein indicts grade or quality of material desired. Materials, where applicable, shall UL labeled and in accordance with NEMA standards.
C. Dimensions, sizes and capacities shown are a minimum. Do not make changes without written permission of Engineer
2.2 CONCRETE
A. All concrete work shall comply with all applicable requirements of CalTrans Standard Specifications, which is 3,000 psi at 28 days.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine Construction Documents and Site; be famili ar with types of construction where electrical installation is involved. Note care fully other sections of Specificatio ns with their individual cross- references, standard details, etc.
B. Any electrical work or materials shown either in Construction Documents, but not mentioned herein, or vice versa, shall be executed the same as if ment ioned herein, in a workmanl ike manner in accordance with all published NECA Standards of Installation.
C. Coordinate work with other crafts to avoid conflict s, and check all outlet lo cations with drawings and specifications. Make mino r adjustments without additional cost to City.
D. City will make clarifications and rulings concerning any obvious discrepancies or omissions in work prior and after bidding. Perform all work involved in co rrecting obvious errors or omissions after award of contract as directed by City at Contractor's expense.
E. Examine site dimensions and locations against Drawin gs and become informed of all conditions under which work is to be done before submitting proposals. No allowance will be made for extra expense due to error.
F. Layouts of equipment, accessories and wiring systems are diagrammatic (not pictorial), but shall be followed as closely as possible. Construction Documents are for assistance and guidance, and exact locations, distance, levels, etc., will be governed by construction; accept same with this under standing.
G. Horsepower of motors or wattage of equipment in dicated in Construction Documents is estimated horsepower or wattage requirement of equipment fu rnished under other sections of Specifications.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
181 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
AND METHODS
260500
Size all feeders (conduit and wiring), motor starters , overload protection and circuit breakers to suit horsepower of motors or wattage of equipment actually furnished under various sections of specifications. However, in no ca se shall feeders and branch circuits (conduit and wiring) and circuit breakers be of smaller capacities or sizes than those indicated on Drawings or specified, unless approved in writing by City.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Seal all exterior wall penetrations in an approved watertight manner and to the satisfaction of City.
B. Channels, joiners, hangers, caps, nuts and bolts and a ssociated parts shall be plated electrolytically with zinc followed immediately thereafter by treating freshly deposited zinc surfaces with chromic acid to obtain a surface which will not form a white deposit on surface for an average of 120 hours when subjected to a standard salt spray cabinet test, or shall be hot dipped galvanized
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Equipment identification
1. Properly identify panelboards, remote control switches, push buttons, terminal boxes, etc. with a descriptive nameplate. Make nameplate with 3/32 ” laminated plastic with black background and white letters. Machine engraved letters 1/8” high for equipment in device box(es) and 1/4” high for panelboards, terminal cabinets or larger items. Punched strip type nameplates and cardholders in any form are not acceptable. Fasten nameplates with oval head machine screws, tapped into front cover/panel.
B. Working spaces
1. Provide adequate working space around electrical equipment in compliance with Article 4 of Electrical Safety Orders and CEC 110.26. In general provide 78” of headroom and 30” wide minimum clear workspace in front of panelboards and controls. In addition to the above, provide the following minimum working clearances:
a. 0V – 150V (line-to-ground) provide 36” minimum clear distance. b. 151V – 600V (line-to-ground) provide 42” minimum clear distance.
C. Equipment supports
1. Anchor all electrical equipment to structure. Support systems sh all be adequate to withstand seismic forces per CBC.
D. Excavating and backfilling
1. Excavate and backfill as required for installation of Work. Restore all surfaces, roadways, walks, curbs, walls existing underground installations, etc., cut by installations to original condition in an acceptable manner. Maintain all warning signs, barricades, flares and lanterns as required by ESO and local ordinances.
2. Dig trenches straight and true to line and grade, with bottom clear of any rock points. Support conduit for entire length on undisturbed original earth. Minimum conduit depth of pipe crown shall be 30” below finished or natural grade, unless otherwise noted.
E. Forming, cutting and patching
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
182 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
AND METHODS
260500
1. In new construction, General Contractor shall provide any special forming, recesses, chased, etc., and provide wood blocking, backing and grounds as necessary for the proper installation of electrical work. Be responsible for notifying Gene ral Contractor that such provision is necessary; layout work and check to see that it suits his requirements.
a. Provide metal backing plates, anchor plates and such that are required for anchorage of electrical work under Division 26; securely we ld or bolt to metal framing. Wood blocking or backing will not be permitted in combination with metal framing.
2. Be responsible for proper placement of pipe sleeves, hangers, inserts and supports for this Work.
F. Concrete work
1. Provide concrete work related solely to electrical work. Concrete work, including forming and reinforcing steel installed for all electrical work.
3.4 REPAIR/RESTORATION
A. Cutting, patching and repairing of existing construction to permit installation of work under Division 26 is the responsibility of Contractor. Repair or replace all damage to existing work in kind to City’s satisfaction.
B. Obtain City’s approval prior to performing any cutting or patching of concrete, masonry, wood or steel structure within building.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspection of work
1. Working parts shall be readily accessible for inspection, repair and renewal. The right is reserved to make reasonable changes in equipment location shown on Drawings prior to rough in without additional costs to the City.
2. During construction all work will be subject to observation by the Engineer and his representatives.
Assist in ascertaining any information that maybe required.
3. Do not allow or cause any work installed hereunder to be covered up or enclosed before it has been inspected and approved. Should any work be enclosed or covered prior to approval, uncover work, and after it has been inspected and approved, restore work of all others to the condition in which it was found at the time of cutting, all without additional costs to City.
B. Furnish all testing equipment as maybe required.
C. Test all wiring and connections for continuity and grounds; where such tests indicate faulty insulation or other defects, locate, repair and re-test.
D. Check rotation of all motors and correct if necessary.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Repair or replace all broken, damaged or otherwise de fective parts without additional cost to City, and leave entire work in a condition satisfactory to En gineer. At completion, carefully clean and adjust all equipment, fixtures and trim installed as part of th is work; leave systems and equipment in satisfactory operating condition.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
183 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
AND METHODS
260500
B. Clean out and remove from the site all surplus materials and debris resulting from this work; this includes surplus excavated materials.
3.7 DEMONSTRATION
A. At project completion, Contractor shall allot a period of not less than 2 hours for instruction of operating and maintenance personnel in the use of all systems installed under this Division. This time is in addition to any instruction time stated in the Specifications of other sections for other equipment (i.e., Irrigation controller etc.). All personnel shall be instructed at one time, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements with manufacturer’s representatives as may be required. Contractor, if any, for the above services shall pay all costs.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. In performance of work, protect work of other trades as well as work under this Division from damage.
B. Protect electrical equipment, stored and installed, from dust, water or other damage.
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 184 260519
SECTION 260519 – CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1. Section includes:
a. Conductors and cabling.
2. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of all conductors and cables under this Section related to lighting, power, mechanical, control and signal systems.
B. Related sections
1. Where items specified in other Division 26 sections conflict with the requirements of this Section, the most stringent requirement shall govern.
2. The requirements of this Section apply to all Division 26 work, as applicable.
3. Consult all other sections, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete installation.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Comply with the latest edition of the following ap plicable specifications and standards except as otherwise shown or specified:
1. ASTM -American Society for Testing and Materials
a. B3; Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire b. B8; Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft
c. B787/B787M; Standard Specification for 19 Wire Combination Unilay-Stranded Copper Conductors for Subsequent Insulation
d. D1000; Standard Test Method for Pressure-Sensitive Adhe sive-Coated Tapes Used for Electrical and Electronic Applications
2. CCR –California Code of Regulations, Title 24
a. Part 3 -California Electrical Code(CEC); NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) with California amendments
3. UL -Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
a. UL 83; Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cables
b. UL 486A 486B; Wire Connectors
c. UL 486C; Splicing Wire Connectors
d. UL 486D; Standard for Insulated Wire Connector Systems For Underground Use Or In Damp Or Wet Locations
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 185 260519
e. UL 486E; Standard for Equipment Wiring Terminals for Use with Aluminum and/or Copper Conductors
f. UL 493; Thermoplastic-Insulated Underground Feeders and Branch Circuit Cables g. UL 510; Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tape h. UL 854; Service-Entrance Cables
4. NEMA –National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association
a. WC 70-1999; Nonshielded Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy
5. IEEE –Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
a. 82; Standard Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors
1.3 DELIVERY
A. Wire shall be in original unbroken package. Obtain approval of Inspector or Engineer before installation of wires.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BUILDING WIRE
A. Conductor material
1. Provide annealed copper for all wire, conductor and cable of not less than 98% conductivity.
2. Wire #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded.
3. Wire #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid.
B. Insulation material
1. All insulated wire, conductor and cable shall be 600 Vac rated.
2. Feeder and branch circuits larger than #6 AWG shall be type THW, XHHW or THHN/THWN.
3. Feeder and branch circuits #6 AWG and smaller shall be type TW, THW, XHHW or THHN/THWN.
4. Control circuits shall be type THW or THHN/THWN.
5. Wires shall bear the UL label, be color-coded and marked with gauge, type and manufacturer’s name on 24” centers.
2.2 FLEXIBLE CORDS AND CABLES
A. Provide flexible cords and cables of size, type and arrangement as indicated on Drawings.
B. Type S flexible cords and cable shall be manufactured in accordance with CEC Article 400 and composed of two or more conductors and a full sized green insulated grounding conductor with an outer rubber or neoprene jacket.
C. Flexible cords and cables shall be fi tted with wire mesh strain relief grips either as a integral connector component or an independently supported unit.
D. Suspended flexible cords and cables shall incorporate safety spring(s).
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 186 260519
2.3 WIRE CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS
A. Electrical spring wire connectors
1. Provide multi-part construction incorporating a non-restricted, zinc coated square cross-sectional steel spring enclosed in a steel sheet with an outer jacket of plastic and insulating skirt.
2. Self-striping pigtail and tap U-contact connectors are not acceptable.
B. Compression type terminating lugs
1. Provide tin-plated copper high compression type lu gs for installation with hand or hydraulic crimping tools as directed by manufacturer. Notch or single point type crimps are not acceptable.
2. Two hole, long barrel lugs shall be provided for size #4/O AWG and larger wire where terminated to bus bars. Use minimum of three crimps per lug where possible.
C. Splicing and insulating tape
1. Provide black, UV resistant, self-extinguishing, 7 mil thick vinyl general purpose electrical tape per UL 510 and ASTM D1000. 3M Scotch 33 or equal.
D. Insulating putty
1. Provide pads or rolls of non-corrosive, self-fusing, 125 mil thick rubber putty with PVC backing sheet per UL 510 and ASTM D1000. 3M Scotchfil or equal.
E. Insulating resin
1. Provide two-part liquid epoxy resin with resin and catalyst in pre-measured, sealed mixing pouch. 3M Scothcast 4 or equal.
2. Use resin with thermal and diaelectric properties equal to the cable’s insulating properties.
F. Terminal strips
1. Provide box type terminal strips in the required quantities plus 25% spare. Install in continuous rows.
2. Use the box type terminal strips with barrier open backs and with ampere ratings as required.
3. Identify all terminals strips and circuits.
G. Crimp type connectors
1. Provide insulated fork or ring crimp terminals with tinned electrolytic copper-brazed barrel with funnel wire entry and insulation support.
2. Fasten crimp type connectors or terminals using a crimping tool recommended by the manufacturer.
3. Provide insulated overlap splices with tinned seamless electrolytic copper-brazed barrel with funnel wire entry and insulation support.
4. Provide insulated butt splices with tinned seamless electrolytic copper-brazed barrel with center stop, funnel wire entry and insulation support.
H. Cable ties
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 187 260519
1. Provide harnessing and point-to-point wire bundl ing with nylon cable ties. Install using tool supplied by manufacturer as required.
I. Wire lubricating compound
1. UL listed for the wire insulation and conduit type, and shall not harden or become adhesive.
2. Shall not be used on wire for isolated type electrical power systems.
J. Bolt termination hardware
1. Bolts shall be plated, medium carbon steel heat-treated, quenched and tempered equal to ASTM A-325 or SAE Grade 5; or silicon bronze alloy ASTM B-9954 Type B.
2. Nuts shall be heavy semi-finished hexagon, confor ming to ANSI B18.2.2, threads to be unified coarse series (UNC), class 2B steel or silicon bronze alloy.
3. Flat washers shall be steel or silicon bronze, Ty pe A plain standard wide series, conforming to ANSI B27.2. SAE or narrow series shall be used.
4. Belleville conical spring washers shall be hardened steel, cadmium plated or silicon bronze.
a. Each bolt connecting lug(s) to a terminal or bus shall not carry current exceeding the following values:
b. 1/4” bolt – 125 A
c. 5/16” bolt – 175 A
d. 3/8” bolt – 225 A
e. 1/2” bolt – 300 A
f. 5/8” bolt – 375 A
g. 3/4” bolt – 450 A
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Thoroughly examine site conditions for acceptance of wire and cable installation to verify conformance with manufacturer and specification tolerances. Do not commence with work until all conditions are made satisfactory.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. All wire, conductor, and cable with their respective connectors, fittings and supports shall be UL listed for the installed application and ambient conditions.
B. Feeders and branch circuits in wet locations shall be rated 75°C minimum.
C. Feeders and branch circuits in dry locations shall be rated 90°C minimum.
D. Minimum conductor size
1. #12 AWG copper for all power and lighting branch circuits.
2. #14 AWG copper for all line voltage signal and control wiring, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Aluminum conductors may be substituted on th e basis of equal performance for sizes greater than #10 AWG with the approval of Engineer.
E. Remove and replace conductors under the following conditions at no additional costs to the City:
1. Installed within wrong specified conduit or raceway.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 188 260519
2. Damaged during installation.
3. Of insufficient length to facilitate proper splice of conductors
3.3 WIRING METHODS
A. Install wires and cable in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, as shown on Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Install all single conductors within raceway system, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Parallel circuit conductors and terminations shall be equal in length and identical in all aspects.
D. Provide adequate length of conductors within electrical enclosures and neatly train to termination points with no excess. Terminate such that ther e is no bare conductor at the terminal.
E. Splice cables and wires only in junction boxes, outlet boxes, pull boxes, manholes or handholes.
F. Group and bundle with tie wrap each neutral with its associated phase conductors where more than one neutral conductor is present within a conduit.
G. Install cable supports for all vertical feeders in accordance with CEC Article 300. Provide split wedge type fittings, which firmly clamp each individual cable and tighten due to cable weight.
H. Seal cable where exiting a conduit from an exte rior underground raceway with a non-hardening compound (i.e., duct seal or equal).
I. Provide UL listed factory fabricated, solder-less metal connectors of size, ampacity rating, material, type and class for applications and for services indicated. Use connectors with temperature ratings equal or greater than the conductor or cable being terminated.
J. Stranded wire shall be terminated using fittings, lugs or devices listed for the application. Under no circumstances shall stranded wire be terminated solely by wrapping it around a screw or bolt.
K. Flexible cords and cables supplied as part of a pre-manufactured assembly shall be installed according to manufacturer’s published instructions.
3.4 WIRING INSTALLATION IN RACEWAYS
A. Install wire in raceway after interior of building ha s been physically protected from weather, and all mechanical work likely to injure conductors has been completed.
B. Pull all conductors into raceway at the same time.
C. Use UL listed, non-petroleum base and insulating type pulling compound as needed.
D. Completely mandrel all underground or concrete encased conduits prior to installation.
E. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system prior to installation
F. Do not use block and tackle, power driven winch or other mechanical means for pulling conductors smaller than #1 AWG.
G. Wire pulling
1. Provide installation equipment th at will prevent cutting or ab rasion of insulation during installation.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 189 260519
2. Maximum pull tension shall not exceed manufacturer’s recommended value during installation for cable being measured with tension dynometer.
3. Use rope made of non-metallic material for pulling.
4. Attach pulling lines by means of either woven basket grips or pulling eyes attached directly to the conductors.
5. Pull multiple conductors simultaneously within same conduit.
3.5 WIRE SPLICES, JOINTS AND TERMINATIONS
A. Join and terminate wire, conductors and cables in accordance with UL 486, CEC and manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors.
C. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full conductor ampacity without perceptible temperature rise, and shall be made mechanically and electrically secure.
D. Terminate wires in terminal cabinets using terminal strips, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Insulate spare conductors with electrical tape and le ave sufficient length to terminate anywhere within panel or cabinet.
F. Encapsulate splices in wet locations using specified insulating resin kits.
G. Make up all splices and taps in a ccessible junction or outlet boxes wi th connectors as specified herein.
Pigtails and taps shall be the same color as feed conductor with at least 6 inches of tail, all neatly packed within box.
H. Whe r e co nd uc t o r s a r e t o be co n ne cte d t o m e t a l l i c s ur f a ce s , co a t e d s u r f a ce s s h a l l b e cl e a n e d t o b a s e metal surface before installing connector. Remove lacquer coating of conduits where ground clamps are to be installed.
I. Branch circuits (#10 AWG and smaller) connectors shall comply with 2.01.D.2 and 2.01.D.2 above.
J. Branch circuits (#8 AWG and larger)
1. Join or tap conductors using in sulated mechanical compression taps with pre-molded, snap-on insulating boots or specified conformable insula ting pad and over-wrapped with two half-lapped layers of vinyl insulating tape starting and ending at the middle of joint.
2. Terminate conductors using mechanical compressi on lugs in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation or as specified elsewhere.
3. Field installed compression connectors for 250 MC M and larger shall have not less than two clamping elements or compression indents per wire.
4. Insulate splices and joints with materials approved for the particular use, location, voltage and temperature.
K. Termination hardware assemblies
1. Al/Cu lugs connected to aluminum plated or copper bus shall be secured with steel bolt, flat washer (two per bolt), Belleville washer and nut.
2. Copper lugs connected to copper buss shall bus shall be secured using silicon bronze alloy bolt, flat washer (two per bolt), Belleville washer and nut.
3. The crown of Belleville washers shall be under the nut.
4. Bolt assemblies shall be torque to manuf acturer’s recommendations. Where manufacturer recommendation is not obtainable, the following shall be used:
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 190 260519
a. 1/4” -20 bolt at 80 inch-pound torque
b. 5/16” -18 bolt at 180 inch-pound torque
c. 3/8” -20 bolt at 20 inch-pound torque
d. 1/2” -20 bolt at 40 inch-pound torque
e. 5/8” -20 bolt at 55 inch-pound torque
f. 3/4” -20 bolt at 158 inch-pound torque
3.6 IDENTIFICATION
A. Securely tag all branch circuits. Mark conductors with specified vinyl wrap-around markers. Where more than two conductors run through a single outlet, mark each conductor with the corresponding circuit number.
B. Provide all terminal strips with each individual terminal identified using specified vinyl markers.
C. In manholes, pullboxes and handholes provide tags of embossed brass type with cable type and voltage rating. Attach tags to cable with slip-free plastic cable lacing units.
D. Color coding
1. For 120/208 Volt (or 120/240 Volt), 1 phase, 3 wire systems:
a. Phase A – Black
b. Phase B – Red
c. Neutral – White
d. Ground – Green
2. For 120/208 Volt, 3 phase, 4 wire systems:
a. Phase A – Black
b. Phase B – Red
c. Phase C – Blue
d. Neutral – White
e. Ground – Green
3. For 277/480 Volt, 3 phase, 4 wire systems:
a. Phase A – Brown
b. Phase B – Orange
c. Phase C – Yellow
d. Neutral – Gray
e. Ground – Green
4. Switch leg individually installed shall be the sa me color as the branch circuit to which they originate, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Travelers for 3-way and 4-way switches shall be a distinct color and pulled with the circuit switch leg or neutral.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Supply labor, materials and test equipment required to perform continuity and ground tests.
B. Electrical testing
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 191 260519
1. Perform feeder and branch circuit insulation test after installation and prior to connection to device.
2. Tests shall be performed by 600 Vdc megger for a continuous 10 seconds from phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground.
3. Torque test conductor connections and terminations for conformance to Specifications.
4. If any failure is detected, locate failure, determine cause and replace or repair cable to Engineer’s satisfaction at no additional costs.
5. Furnish test results in type written report form for review by Engineer.
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
192 260526
SECTION 260526 – GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes
1. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation required for the item specified under this Section, including but not limited to power system and equipment grounding.
B. Related sections
1. Where items specified in other Division 26 sections conflict with the requirements of this Section, the most stringent requirement shall govern.
2. The requirements of this Section apply to all Division 26 work, as applicable.
3. Consult all other sections, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete installation.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Comply with the latest edition of the following applicable specific ations and standards except as otherwise shown or specified:
1. CCR –California Code of Regulations, Title 24
a. Part 3 -California Electrical Code (CEC); NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) with California amendments
2. IEEE –Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
a. 142; Recommend Practices for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
3. NFPA –National Fire Protection Association
a. 780; Lightning Protection Code
4. UL –Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
a. 467; Grounding and Bonding Equipment
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. This Section provides for the grounding and bonding of all electrical and communication apparatus, machinery, appliances, components, fittings and a ccessories where required to provide a permanent, continuous, low impedance, grounded electrical system and equipment.
B. Ground the electrical service system neutral at service entrance equipment as shown on the Drawings.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
193 260526
C. Ground each separately derived system, as defined in CEC 250.5 (D) and on the Drawings, unless specifically noted otherwise.
D. Except as otherwise indicated, the complete electr ical installation includin g the neutral conductor, equipment and metallic raceways, boxes and cabinets shall be completely an d effectively grounded in accordance with all CEC requirements, whether or not such connections are specifically shown or specified.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer’s data for equipment and materials specified within this Section in accordance to Section 16050.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All materials, equipment and parts comprising the materials specified herein shall be new and unused, bearing UL labels where applicable.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE ENCASED GROUNDING ELECTRODE (UFER GROUND) A. #3/O AWG minimum bare stranded copper conductor.
2.2 DRIVEN (GROUND) RODS
A. Copper clad steel, minimum ¾” di ameter by 10’-0” length, sectional type with copper alloy couplings and carbon steel driving stud; Weaver, Cadweld or equal.
2.3 INSULATED GROUNDING BUSHINGS
A. Plated malleable iron body with 150°C molded plastic insulated throat and lay-in ground lug; OZ/Gedney BLG, Thomas & Betts #TIGB series or equal.
2.4 CONNECTION TO PIPE
A. Cable to pipe connections; OZ/Gedney G-100B se ries, Thomas & Betts #290X series or equal.
2.5 CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL, GROUND RODS OR SPICES A. Where required by the Drawings, grounding conductors shall be spliced together, connected to ground rods or connected to structural steel using exothe rmic welds, Cadweld or equal, or high pressure compression type connectors, Cadweld, Thomas & Betts or equal.
2.6 BONDING JUMPERS
A. OZ/Gedney Type BJ, Thomas & Betts #3840 series or equal.
2.7 GROUND CONDUCTOR
A. Ground conductor shall be code size UL labeled, Type THWN insulated copper wire, green in color.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
194 260526
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Grounding electrodes
1. Concrete encased grounding electrode (Ufer ground)
a. Provide a #3/O AWG minimum bare copper conductor encased along the bottom of concrete foundation, footing or trench which is in direct contact with the earth and where there is no impervious waterproofing membrane between the footing and soil. The electrode shall extend through a horizontal length of 30’ minimum and shall be encased in not less than 2” or more than 5” of concre te separating it from surrounding soil. The electrode shall emerge from the concrete slab through a protective non-metallic sleeve and shall be extended to BGB or as shown on Drawings.
2. Supplementary grounding electrode (ground ring, grid and driven rod)
a. Provide as shown driven ground rod(s). Interc onnect ground rod with structural steel and adjacent rods with code size bare copper conductor. Ground rods shall be space no less than 6’-0” on centers from any other electrode or electrodes of another electrical system.
B. Grounding electrode conductor
1. Provide grounding electrode conductors per CE C Table 250-94 or as shown on Drawings, whichever is greater.
C. Equipment Bonding/Grounding
1. Provide a code sized copper ground conductor, whether indicated or noted on the drawings, in each of the following:
a. All power distribution conduits and ducts
b. Distribution feeders
c. Motor and equipment branch circuits
d. Device branch circuits
2. Provide a separate grounding bus at distribution panelboards, loadcenters, switchboards and motor control centers. Connect all metallic en closed equipment so that with maximum fault current flowing, shall be maintained at not more than 35V above ground.
3. Metallic conduits terminating in concentric, ecce ntric or oversized knockouts at panelboards, cabinets, gutters, etc. shall have grounding bushings and bonding jumpers installed interconnecting all such conduits.
4. Provide bonding jumpers across expansion and de flection coupling in conduit runs, pipe connections to water meters and metallic cold water dielectric couplings.
5. Provide ground wire in flexible conduit connected at each end via grounding bushing.
6. Provide bonding jumpers across all cable tray joints.
7. Bond each end of metallic conduit longer than 36 ” in length to groundin g conductor using a #6 AWG pigtail.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
195 260526
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Contractor using test equipment expressly designed for that purpose shall perform all ground resistance tests in conformance with IEEE guidelines. Contract or shall submit typewritten records of measured resistance values to City for review and approval prior to energizing the system.
B. Obtain and record ground resistance measurements both from electrical equipment ground bus to the ground electrode and from the ground electrode to earth. Furnish and install additional bonding and add grounding electrodes as required to comply with the following resistance limits:
1. Resistance from ground bus to ground electrod e and to earth shall not exceed 5 ohms unless otherwise noted.
2. Resistance from the farthest panelboard, loadcenter, switchboard or motor control center ground bus to the ground electrode and to earth shall not exceed 20 ohms maximum.
C. Inspection
1. The City or Inspector prior to encasement, bur ial or concealment thereto shall review the grounding electrode and connections.
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 196 260533
SECTION 260533 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes
1. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation required for the items specified under this Section, including but not limited to electrical conduits; outlet, junction and pull boxes; and related supports.
B. Related sections
1. Where items specified in other Division 26 sections conflict with the requirements of this Section, the most stringent requirement shall govern.
a. 260526 – Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
2. The requirements of this Section apply to all Division 26 work, as applicable.
3. Consult all other sections, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete installation.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Comply with the latest edition of the following ap plicable specific ations and standards except as otherwise shown or specified:
1. ANSI –American National Standards Institute
a. C33.91; Specification for Rigid PVC Conduit
b. C80.1; Specification Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc-Coated c. C80.3; Specification for Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc-Coated d. C80.6; Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC), Zinc-Coated
2. CCR –California Code of Regulations, Title 24
a. Part 2 -California Building Code (CBC); Intern ational Building Code (IBC) with California amendments
b. Part 3 -California Electrical Code(CEC); NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) with California amendments
3. NECA –National Electrical Contractors Association
a. 101, Standard for Installing Steel Conduit (Rigid, IMC, EMT) b. 111, Standard for Installing Nonmetallic Raceways (RNC, ENT, LFNC) (ANSI)
4. NEMA –National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 197 260533
a. FB 1; Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable
b. FB 2.10; Selection and Installation Guidelines for Fittings for Use with Non-flexible Electrical Metal Conduit or Tubing (Rigid Metal Conduit, Intermediate Metal Conduit, and Electrical Metallic Tubing)
c. FB 2.20; Selection and Installation Guidelines For Fittings for Use With Flexible Electrical Conduit and Cable
d. OS 1; Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports e. OS 3; Selection and Installation Guidelines for Electrical Outlet Boxes f. RN 1; Polyvinyl-Chloride Exte rnally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing
g. TC 2; Electrical Plastic Tubing and Conduit
h. TC 3; PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing i. TC 14; Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings
5. OSHPD Anchorage Pre-approvals
a. OPA-0003; Superstrut Seismic Restraint System
b. OPA-0114; B-Line Seismic Restraints
c. OPA-0120; Unistrut Seismic Bracing System
d. OPA-0242; Power-Strut Seismic Bracing System
6. UL –Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc.
a. 1; Standard for Flexible Metal Conduit
b. 6; Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit
c. 360; Standard for Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit d. 514A; Metallic Outlet Boxes, Electrical
e. 514B; Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes
f. 651; Schedule 40 & 80 PVC Conduit
g. 797; Electrical Metallic Tubing
h. 1242; Intermediate Metal Conduit
i. 1684; Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Furnish, assemble, erect, install, connect and test all electrical conduits and related raceway apparatus required and specified to form a complete installation.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer’s data for materials specified within this Section in accordance to Section 260500.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All materials, equipment and parts comprising the materials specified herein shall be new and unused, bearing UL labels where applicable.
B. Installation shall conform to the NECA installation guidelines unless otherwise indicated within this Section
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 198 260533
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Conduits and Fittings
1. Rigid steel conduit (RMC)
a. Conduit: Standard weight, mild steel pipe, and zinc coated on both inside and outside by a hot dipping or sherardizing process manufactured in accordance with UL 6 and ANSI C80.1 specifications.
b. Fittings (couplings, elbows, bends, etc.)
1) Shall be steel or malleable iron.
2) Coupling and unions shall be threaded type, assembled with anti-corrosion, conductive and anti-seize compound at jo ints made absolutely tight to exclude water.
c. Bushings
1) Insulating bushings: Threaded polypropylene or thermosetting phenolic rated at 150°C minimum.
2) Insulating grounding bushing: Threaded cast body with insulating throat and steel “lay-in” ground lug.
3) Insulating metallic bushing: Threaded cast body with plastic insulated throat rated at 150°C minimum.
2. Coated rigid steel conduit (CRMC)
a. Conduit: Equivalent to RMC with a Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) coated bonded to the galvanized outer surface of the conduit. The bonding between the PVC coating and conduit surface shall be ETL PVC-001 compliant. The coatin g thickness shall be a minimum of 40mil. b. Fittings (couplings, elbows, bends, etc.)
1) Equivalent to RMC above with bonded coating same as conduit. 2) The PVC sleeve over fittings shall extend beyond hub or coupling approximately one diameter or 1 1/2” whichever is smaller.
c. Bushing equivalent to RMC above.
3. Intermediate metallic conduit(IMC)
a. Conduit: Intermediate weight, mild steel pipe , meeting the same requirements for finish and material as rigid steel conduit manufactu red in accordance with UL 1242 and ANSI C80.6 specifications.
b. Fittings (couplings, elbows, bends, etc.) equivalent to RMC above. c. Bushing equivalent to RMC above.
4. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT)
a. Conduit: Cold rolled steel tubing with zinc coating on outside and protective enamel on inside manufactured in accordance with UL 797 and ANSI C80.3 specifications. b. Couplings: Steel or malleable iron with compression type fastener via a nut.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 199 260533
c. Connectors: Steel or malleable iron with compression type fastener via a nut with plastic insulated throat rated at 150°C minimum.
5. Rigid non-metallic conduit (PVC)
a. Conduit: PVC composed Schedule 40, 90°C manufactured in accordance with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 specifications.
b. Fittings: Molded PVC, slip on solvent welded type in accordance to NEMA TC 3.
6. Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (RTRC)
a. Conduit: Fiber impregnated with a cured th ermosetting resin compound in accordance with NEMA TC 14 and UL1684.
b. Fittings: Molded resin with glass reinforcemen t manufactured in the same process as the conduit bonded with an epoxy adhesive.
7. Flexible metallic conduit (FMC)
a. Conduit: Continuous, flexible steel spirally wound with zinc coating on both inside and outside in accordance with UL 1.
b. Connectors: Steel or malleable iron with comp ression type fastener via a nut with plastic insulated throat rated at 150°C minimum.
8. Liquidtight flexible metallic conduit (LFMC)
a. Conduit: PVC coated, continuous, flexible steel spirally wound with zinc coating on both inside and outside in accordance with UL 360.
b. Connectors: Steel or malleable iron with compression type fastener via a nut with plastic insulated throat rated at 150°C minimum.
9. Miscellaneous Fittings and Products
a. Conduit sealing bushings: Steel or cast mallea ble iron body and pressure clamps with PVC sleeve, neoprene sealing grommets and PVC co ated steel pressure rings. Supplied with neoprene sealing rings between body and PVC sleeve.
b. Watertight cable terminators: One piece, compression molded sealing ring with PVC coated steel pressure disks, stainless steel screws and zinc plated cast iron locking collar. c. Watertight cable/cord connectors: Liquidtight steel or cast malleable iron body with sealing neoprene bushing and stainless steel retaining ring.
d. Expansion fittings: Multi-piece unit of hot dip galvanized malleable iron or steel body and outside pressure bussing design to allow a maximum of 4” movement (2” in either direction). Furnish with external braid tinned copper bonding jumper. UL listed for both wet and dry locations.
e. Expansion/deflection couplings: Multi-piece unit comprised of a neoprene sleeve, internal flexible tinned copper braid attached to bron ze end couplings with stainless steel bands.
Coupling to provide minimum of 3/4” moveme nt and 30 degrees deflection from normal.
UL listed for both wet and dry locations.
f. Conduit bodies: Raintight, malleable iron, ho t-dip galvanized body with threaded hubs, stamped steel cover, stainless steel screws and neoprene gasket. g. Other couplings, connectors and fittings shall be equal in quality, material and construction to items specified herein.
B. Boxes
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 200 260533
1. Outlet boxes
a. Standard: Galvanized one-piece of welded pressed steel type in accordance with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514. Boxes shall not be less than 4” square and at least 1 1/2” deep. b. Concrete: Galvanized steel, 4” octagon ring with mounting lug, backplate and adapter ring type in accordance with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514. Depth as required by application. c. Masonry: Galvanized steel, 3.75” high gang box in accordance with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514. d. Surface cast metal: Cast malleable iron body, surface mounted box with threaded hubs and mounting lugs as required in accordance with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514. Furnish with ground flange, steel cover and neoprene gasket.
2. Pull and junction boxes
a. Sheet metal boxes: Standard or concrete outlet box wherever possible; otherwise use 16 gauge galvanized sheet metal, NEMA 1 box sized per CEC with machine screwed cover. b. Cast metal boxes: Install standard cast malleable iron outlet or device box when possible. c. Flush mounted boxes: Install overlapping cover with flush head screws. d. In-ground mounted pull holes/boxes: Install pre-cast concrete box, sized per Drawing or CEC with pre-cast or traffic rated locking lid.
3. Floor boxes
a. Floor boxes shall be adjustable, cast metal body with threaded conduit openings, adjustable rings, brass flange or Lexan ring and cover plate with threaded plug. Include provisions to accommodate surface mounted telephone or receptacle outlet, or flush floor mounted telephone or receptacle outlet where shown on Drawings.
C. Pull line/cord
1. Polypropylene braided line or Let-line #232 or equal of 1/8” diameter with a minimum break strength of 200 pounds.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Thoroughly examine site conditions for acceptance of wire and cable in stallation to verify conformance with manufacturer and specification tolerances. Do not commence with work until all conditions are made satisfactory.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Conduit
1. Provide all necessary conduit fittings, connectors , bushings, etc. required to complete conduit installation to meet the CEC and intended application whether noted, shown or specified within.
2. Location of conduit runs shall be planned in ad vance of the installation and coordinated with other trades.
3. Where practical, install conduits in groups in pa rallel vertical or horizontal runs that avoid unnecessary offsets.
4. All conduits shall be parallel or at right angles to columns, beams and walls whether exposed or concealed.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 201 260533
5. Conduits shall not be placed closer than 12” to a flue, parallel to hot water, steam line or other heat sources; or 3” when crossing perpendicular to the above said lines when possible.
6. Install exposed conduit as high as prac tical to maintain adequate headroom. Notify City if headroom will be less than 102”.
7. Do not obstruct spaces required by Code in front of electrical equipment, access doors, etc.
8. The largest trade size conduit in concrete floors and walls shall not exceed 1/3 thickness or be spaced a less than three conduit diameters apart unless permitted by Tulare County. All conduits shall be installed in the center of slab or wall, and never between reinforcing steel and bottom of floor slab.
9. Install additional pull boxes, not shown on Drawings, in sufficient quantities to facilitate pulling of conductors and cables such that total spacing does not exceed 150 feet or 270 degrees, total; and maximum pulling tension will not be exceeded.
10. When installing underground conduits to specified depth; depth shall be taken from finished grade as it will be at project completion. Should finish grade be above existing grade by an amount equal to or greater than specified depth, conduit shall be installed not less than 6” below existing grade.
11. Verify that information concerning finish grade is accurate, for should the underground run be less than the specified depth, Contractor may be requir ed to re-install conduit to meet the required depth.
12. Unless otherwise specified, underground conduits shall be installed with top side not less than 24” below finished grade; this depth applies to all co nduits outside of building foundations including those under walks, open corridors or paved areas.
13. Utility company service conduits installation dept h shall be as directed by their respective specifications and requirements.
B. Boxes
1. Before locating outlet boxes, check Drawings for type of construction and make sure that there is no conflict with other equipment. Locate outlet boxes as shown and locate so as not to interfere with other Work or equipment.
2. Install all outlet boxes flush within walls, ceilin g and floors except where installed within non- finished rooms, cabinetry, attic spaces or as indicated on Drawings.
3. Locate pull boxes and junction boxes within concealed, accessible locations where possible.
4. Do not install outlet boxes back-to-back with same stud space. Where shown back-to-back, offset as required, and fill void with sound dampening material where requested by City.
5. In fire rated walls separate boxes by 24” minimum and with stud member.
6. Adjust position of outlet boxes within masonry wall to accommodate course lines.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Conduit
1. Minimum conduit size shall be 1” unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
2. All conduit work shall be concealed unless otherwise indicated. Exposed conduits shall be permitted within unfinished rooms/spaces to facilitate installation.
3. Install conduit in complete runs prior to installing conductors or cables.
4. Make long radius conduits bends free from kink, indentations or flattened surfaces. Make bends carefully to avoid injury or flattening. Bends 1 1/4” size and larger shall be factory made ells, or be made with a manufactured mechanical bender. Heating of steel conduit to facilitate bending or that damage galvanized coating will not be permitted.
5. Remove burrs and sharp edges at end of conduit with tapered reamer.
6. Protect and cover conduits during construction with metallic bushings and bushing “pennies” to seal exposed openings.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 202 260533
7. Assemble conduit threads with anti-corrosion , conductive, anti-seize compound and tighten securely.
8. Install conduits shall that no traps to collect condensation exist.
9. Fasten conduit securely to boxes with locknuts and bushings to provide good grounding continuity.
10. Install pull cords/line within any spare or unused conduits of sufficient length to facilitate future cable installation.
11. Penetrations
a. Should it be necessary to notch any framing member, make such notching only at locations and in a manner as approved by City.
b. Do not chase concrete or masonry to install conduit unless specifically approved by City. c. Cutting or holes
1) Install sleeves for cast-in-place concrete floors and walls. After installing conduit through penetration, seal using dry-pack grouting compound (non-iron bearing, chloride free and non-shrinking) or fire rated assembly if rated floor or wall. Use escutcheon plate on floor underside to contain compound as necessary. 2) Cut holes with a hole saw for penetrations through non-concrete or non-masonry members.
3) Provide chrome plated escutcheon plates at all publicly exposed wall, ceiling and floor penetrations.
d. Sealing
1) Non-rated penetration openings shall be packed with non-flammable insulating material and sealed with gypsum wallboard taping compound. 2) Fire rated penetration shall be sealed us ing a UL classified fire stop assembly suitable to maintain the equivalent fire rating prior to the penetration. 3) Use escutcheon plates to hold sealing or fire rated compound as necessary.
e. Waterproofing
1) Make penetrations through any damp-proofed/waterproofed surfaces within damp/wet locations as such as to maintain integrity of surface. 2) Install specified watertight conduit entrance seals at all below grade wall and floor penetrations.
3) At roof penetrations furnish roof flas hing, counter flashing and pitch-pockets compatible to roof assembly.
4) Where possible conduits that horizontally penetrate a waterproof membrane shall fall away from and below the penetration’s exterior side. 5) Make penetrations through floors watertight with mastic, even when concealed within walls or furred spaces.
12. Supports
a. Conduits shall be support and braced per OSHPD pre-approved anchorage systems when those methods are implemented and installed.
b. Sizes of rods and cross channels shall be capable of supporting 4 times and 5 times actual load, respectively. Anchorage shall support th e combined weight of conduit, hanger and conductors.
c. Support individual horizontal conduit 1 1/2” and smaller by means of 2 hole straps or individual hangers.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 203 260533
d. Galvanized iron hanger rods sizes 1/4” diameter and larger with spring steel fasteners, clips or clamps specifically design for that purpose for 1 1/2” conduits and larger. e. Support multi-parallel horizontal conduits runs with trapeze type hangers consisting of 2 or more steel hanger rods, preformed cross channels, ‘J’ bolts, clamps, etc. f. Support conduit to wood structures by means of bolts or lag screws in shear, to concrete by means of insert or expansion bolts and to brickwork by means of expansion bolts. g. Support multi-parallel vertical conduits runs with galvanized Unistrut, Power-Strut or approved equal type supports anchored to wall. Where multi-floored conduits pass through floors, install riser clamps at each floor.
h. Maximum conduit support spacing shall be in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation:
1) Horizontal runs:
a) 3/4” and smaller at 60” on centers, unless building construction prohibits otherwise, then 84” on centers.
b) 1” and larger at 72” on centers, un less building construction prohibits otherwise or any other condition, then 120” on centers. 2) Vertical runs:
a) 3/4” and smaller @ 84” on centers.
b) 1” and 1 1/4” @ 96” on centers.
c) 1 1/2” and larger @ 120” on centers.
d) Any vertical condition such as shaftways and concealed locations for any sized conduit, 120” on centers.
i. Anchorage for RMC/IMC supports unless otherwise specified:
1) < 1” IMC/RMC = #10 bolt/screw.
2) 1” IMC/RMC = 1/4” bolt/screw.
3) 1 1/2” and 2” IMC/RMC = 3/8” bolt/screw.
4) 3” IMC/RMC, 4” EMT = 1/2” bolt/screw.
5) > 3”IMC/RMC = 5/8” bolt/screw.
j. Anchorage for EMT supports unless otherwise specified:
1) < 1 1/2” EMT = #10 bolt/screw.
2) 1 1/2” EMT = 1/4” bolt/screw.
3) 2, 2 1/2” and 3” EMT = 3/8” bolt/screw.
4) 4” EMT = 1/2” bolt/screw.
5) > 4”EMT = 5/8” bolt/screw.
B. Boxes
1. Install boxes as shown on Drawin gs and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections and Code compliance.
2. Install additional pull boxes, not shown on Drawings, in sufficient quantities to facilitate pulling of conductors and cables such that total spacing does not exceed 150 feet or 270 degrees, total; and maximum pulling tension will not be exceeded.
3. Install plaster rings on all outlet boxes in stud wa lls or in furred, suspended or exposed ceilings.
Covers shall be of a depth suited for installation.
4. Provide gasketed cast metal cover plates where boxes are exposed in damp or wet locations COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 204 260533
5. Install access door for boxes installed within concealed locations without access.
6. Install approved factory made knockout seal where knockouts are not present.
7. In general, locate outlets as shown or specific and complies with Americans with Disabilities Act:
a. Convenience outlets: +18”AFF or +6” above counter or splash. b. Local switches: +48”AFF or +6” above counter or splash. c. Telecommunication outlets: +18”AFF or +48”AFF for wall telephone or intercom device. d. Verify all mounting heights with Drawings, and where heights are not suited for construction or finish consult City.
8. Use conduit bodies to facilitate pulling of conductor or cables or change conduit direction. Do not splice within conduit bodies.
9. Enclose pull box with additional rated gypsum board as necessary to maintain wall’s original fire rating.
10. Install galvanized steel coverplates on all open boxes within dry listed areas.
11. Install in-ground pull holes/boxes flush to grade finish at finish ed areas or 1” above finished landscaped grade. Seal all conduits terminating in pull hole/box watertight. Install and grout around bell ends where shown. Cover and lids shall be removable without damage to adjacent finish surfaces.
12. Support
a. Accurately place boxes for finish, independently and securely supported by adequate blocking or manufacturer channel type heavy-duty box hangers for stud walls. Do not use nails to support boxes.
b. Support boxes independent of conduit system.
c. Mount boxes installed within ceilings to 16 gauge metal channel bars attached to main runners or joists.
d. Support boxes within suspended acoustical ti le ceilings directly from structure above when light fixture are to be installed from box.
e. Use auxiliary plates, bar or clips and grouted in place for masonry, block or pour-in-place concrete construction.
3.4 APPLICATION
A. Conduit
1. RMC/IMC suitable for all damp, dry and wet locations except when in contact with earth. IMC not suitable for hazardous locations as stated within CEC.
2. CRMC suitable for damp or wet locations, concealed within concrete or in contact with earth.
3. EMT suitable for exposed or concealed dry, interior locations.
4. PVC/RTRC suitable for beneath ground floor slab, except when penetrating, and direct earth burial.
Do not run exposed within concrete walls or in floor slab unless indicated on Drawings or per City’s permission.
5. FMC suitable for dry locations only for conn ections to motors, transformers, vibrating equipment/machinery, controllers, valves, switches and light fixtures in less than 6 foot lengths.
6. LFMC application same as FMC above but for damp or wet locations.
B. Termination and joints
1. Use raceway fittings compatible with associated raceway and suitable for the location.
2. Raceways shall be joined using specified couplings or transitions where dissimilar raceway systems are joined.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
RACEWAYS AND BOXES 205 260533
3. Conduits shall be securely fasten ed to cabinets, boxes and gutters using (2) two locknuts and insulating bushing or specified insulated connector. Where joints cannot be made tight and terminations are subject to vibration, use bo nding jumpers, bonding bushings or wedges to provide electrical continuity of the raceway system. Use insulating bushings to protect conductors where subjected to vibration or dampness. Install grounding bushings or bonding jumpers on all conduits terminating at concentric or eccentric knockouts.
4. Terminations exposed at weatherproof enclosures and cast outlet boxes shall be made watertight using specified connectors and hubs.
5. Stub freestanding equipment conduits through concrete floors for connections with top of coupling set flush with finished floor. Install plugs to protect threads and entrance of debris.
6. Install specified cable sealing bushings on all cond uits originating outside the building walls and terminating within interior switchboard, panel, cabinet or gutters. Install cable sealing bushings or raceway seal for conduit terminations in all grade level or below grade exterior pull, junction or outlet boxes.
7. Where conduits enter building from below grade in ject into filled raceways pre-formulated rigid 2 lbs. density polyurethane foam suitable for sealing against water, moisture, insects and rodents.
8. Install expansion fitting or expansion/deflection couplings per manufacturer’s recommendations where:
9. Any conduit that crosses a building structure expa nsion joint; secure conduit on both sides to building structure and install expansion fitting at joint.
10. Any conduit that crosses a concrete expansion joint; install expansion/deflection at joint.
11. Any conduit greater than 1-1/4” is routed along roof top in runs greater than 100 feet; install expansion fittings every 100 feet.
12. City may allow FMC or LFMC in lieu of expansio n fitting or expansion/deflection couplings on conduits 2” and smaller within accessible locations upon further review and written consent.
C. Boxes
1. Standard type suitable for all flush installations and all dry concealed locations.
2. Concrete type suitable for all flush concrete installations.
3. Masonry type suitable for all flush concrete and block installations.
4. Surface cast metal type suitable for all exposed damp and wet surface mounted locations, and dry surface mounted locations less than 96” from finished floor.
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
206 40320 DISTRUBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
SECTION 262200 – DISTRIBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600VAC AND LESS)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes
1. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation required for the items specified under this Section, including but not limited to transformers
B. Related sections
1. Where items specified in other Division 26 sections conflict with the requirements of this Section, the most stringent requirement shall govern. a. 26 05 26 – Grounding and Bondi ng for Electrical Systems
2. The requirements of this Section apply to all Division 26 work, as applicable.
3. Consult all other sections, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete installation.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Comply with the latest edition of the fo llowing applicable specifications and standards except as otherwise shown or specified:
1. ANSI - American National Standards Institute
a. C57; Distribution and Power Transformers, Guide for Loading Dry-Type
2. CCR –California Code of Regulations, Title 24
a. Part 3 -California Electrical Code(CE C); NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) with California amendments
3. NECA –National Electrical Contractors Association
a. 409; Recommended Practices for Installing and Maintaining Dry-Type Transformers
4. NEMA –National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association a. ST20; Dry Type Transformers for General Applications b. TP1; Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers c. TP2; Standard Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Distribution Transformers
d. TP3; Standard for the Labeling of Distribution Transformer Efficiency e. TR1; Transformers, Regulators, and Reactors
5. UL -Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
a. 1561; Dry-Type General Purpose and Power Transformers COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
207 40320 DISTRUBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer’s data for materials specified within this Section in accordance to Section 26 05 00.
B. Include outline and support point dimensions of enclosures and accessories; unit weights; voltage; kVA rating; impedance rating and characteristics; loss and efficiency data at 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% rated load; sound level, tap configurations; insulation system type; and rated temperature raised.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All materials, equipment and parts comprising the materials specified herein shall be new and unused, bearing UL labels where applicable.
B. Installation shall conform to NECA 409-2002, Recommended Practice for Installing and Maintaining Dry-Type Transformers.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store in a warm, dry location with uniform temperature. Protect unit if handled in inclement weather (i.e., rain, sleet, snow, etc.). Cover ventilating opening to keep out dust and foreign materials prior to startup.
B. Handle transformer using only lifting eyes and brackets provided for that purpose; see manufacturer’s installation instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL PURPOSE
A. Manufacturers
1. Square D, Cutler-Hammer or approved e qual.
B. Rating Information
1. All insulating materials are to exceed NEMA ST20 standards and be rated for 220oC UL component recognized insulation system.
2. Capable of meeting daily overload requirements of ANSI C57.96.
3. Transformers 15kVA and larger shall be 150 oC temperature rise above 40 oC ambient. Transformers 25kVA and larger shall have a minimum of 4 - 2.5% full capacity primary taps.
4. The maximum temperature of the top of the enclosure shall not exceed 50 oC rise
above a 40oC ambient.
5. Sound levels shall be warranted by the manufacturer not to exceed NEMA ST20 requirements.
C. Construction
1. Transformer coils shall be of the continuous wound construction and shall be impregnated with nonhygroscopic, thermosetting varnish.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
208 40320 DISTRUBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
2. All cores to be constructed with low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Magnetic flux densities are to be kept well below the saturation point to prevent core overheating. Cores for transformers greater than 500kVA shall be clamped utilizing insulated bolts through the core laminations to ensure proper pressure throughout the length of the core. The completed core and coil shall be bolted to the base of the enclosure but isolated by means of rubber vibration-absorbing mounts. There shall be no metal-to-metal contact between the core and coil and the enclosure except for a flexible safety ground strap. Sound isolation systems requiring the complete removal of all fastening devices will not be acceptable.
3. The core of the transformer shall be visibly grounded to the enclosure by means of a flexible grounding conductor sized in accordance with applicable UL and NEC standards.
4. The transformer enclosures shall be ventilated and be fabricated of heavy gauge, sheet steel construction. The entire enclosure shall be finished utilizing a continuous process consisting of degreasing, cleaning and phosphatizing, followed by electrostatic deposition of polymer polyester powder coating and baking cycle to provide uniform coating of all edges and surfaces. The coating shall be UL recognized for outdoor use.
5. Manufacturer shall provide the optional accessories where required and noted on the Drawings:
a. Weathershields for all models.
b. Wall mounting brackets for 75kVA units and smaller.
c. Ceiling mounting brackets for 150kVA units and smaller.
2.02 ENERGY EFFICIENT, GENERAL PURPOSE
A. Manufacturers
1. Square D, Cutler-Hammer or approved equal.
B. Rating Information
1. Same as General Purpose above except:
a. Transformers shall be low loss type wi th minimum efficiencies per NEMA TP1 when operated at 35% of full load capacity. Efficiency shall be tested in accord with NEMA TP2.
C. Construction
1. Same as General Purpose above.
2.03 PREMIUM GRADE
A. Manufacturers
1. Square D, Cutler-Hammer or approved equal.
B. Rating Information
1. Same as General Purpose above except:
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
209 40320 DISTRUBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
a. Transformers 10kVA and larger shall have the following temperature rise above 40 oC ambient capable of maintaining a continuous load without exceeding a 150oC rise in a 40oC ambient:
1) 115 oC rise with 115% rated load.
2) 80 oC rise with 130% rated load.
b. The maximum temperature of the top of the enclosure shall not exceed 35 oC rise above a 40oC ambient.
C. Construction
1. Same as General Purpose above.
2.04 NON-LINEAR
A. Manufacturers
1. Square D, Cutler-Hammer or approved equal.
B. Rating Information
1. Same as General Purpose above except:
a. Neither the primary nor the secondary temperature shall exceed 220 oC at any point in the coils while carrying their full rating of non-sinusoidal load.
Transformers are to be UL listed and as defined as the sum of fundamental and harmonic I
h(pu)2h2 per UL 1561. Transformers evaluated by the UL K- Factor evaluation shall be listed for either 115oC or 80oC average temperature rise as noted on the Drawings. K-Factor listed transformers rated at 150 oC rise shall not be acceptable.
b. K-Factor rated transformers shall have an impedance range of 3% to 5%, and shall have a minimum reactance of 2% in order to help reduce neutral current when supplying loads with large amounts of third harmonic current.
C. Construction
1. Same as General Purpose above except:
a. Transformers shall be supplied with quality, full width electrostatic shields resulting in a maximum effective coupling capacitance between primary and secondary of 33 picofarads. With transformers connected under normal, loaded operating conditions, the attenuation of line noise and transients shall equal or exceed the following limits:
1) Common Mode: 0 to 1.5kHz - 120dB; 1.5kHz to 10kHz - 90dB; 10kHz to 100kHz - 65dB; 100kHz to 1MHz - 40dB
2) Transverse Mode: 1.5kHz to 10kHz - 52dB; 10kHz to 100kHz - 30dB; 100kHz to 1MHz - 30dB
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine transformer to provide adequate clearances for installation.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
210 40320 DISTRUBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
B. Check that concrete pads are level and free of irregularities for floor mounted installations.
C. Begin work only after unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Read and follow manufacturer’s bulletin included with unit prior to installation.
B. Installation shall conform to NECA 409 where not specified under this Division.
C. Transformers not specifically designed fo r wall mounting, shall be spaced a minimum of 6” from adjacent walls, ceiling and all other equipment.
D. Mount to resist seismic forces and brac e to 0.56g. Submit calculations and mounting details for review and approval.
E. Terminations
1. Provide all transformers with lugs for both primary and secondary conductors shown on Drawings. Connect lug to termination point with appropriate size bolt, nut and washers.
2. Use flexible conduit indoors in dry locations or liquid-tight flexible conduit in damp/wet locations for primary and secondary connections to transformer case when less than 48” in length. Connection shall be to enclosure’s side panels only unless fed directly below from ground mo unted installation or as shown on Drawings.
F. Grounding
1. Provide a dual rated four-barrel solderless grounding lug with a 5/8”-11 threaded hole. Drill transformer enclosure with 11/16” bit and attach lug to enclosure using a torque bolt and T&B Dragon Tooth transition washer with the following connections:
a. Primary feeder ground
b. Secondary feeder ground
c. Grounding electrode per CEC/NEC 250-30.
d. Main bond jumper to neutral (when present)
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing transformer.
B. Measure primary and secondary voltages, and make appropriate tap adjustments to within 2% of rated voltage
3.04 CLEANING
A. Touch up scratched or marred su rfaces to match original finish.
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
SWITCHBOARDS 211 262413
SECTION 262413– SWITCHBOARDS
PART 1 -– GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes
1. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation required for the items specified under this Section, including but not limited to switchboards and large distribution panels.
B. Related sections
1. Where items specified in other Division 26 sections conflict with the requirements of this Section, the most stringent requirement shall govern.
a. 260526 – Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems b. 262811 – Overcurrent Protection Devices
2. The requirements of this Section apply to all Division 26 work, as applicable.
3. Consult all other sections, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete installation.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Comply with the latest edition of the following applicable specifications and standards except as otherwise shown or specified:
1. ANSI - American National Standards Institute
a. C12.16; Solid State Electricity Metering
b. C57.13; Instrument Transformers
2. CCR –California Code of Regulations, Title 24
a. Part 3 -California Electrical Code(CEC); NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) with California amendments
3. Federal Specification
a. W-C-37; Circuit Breakers, Molded Case, Branch Circuit And Service
4. NECA –National Electrical Contractors Association
a. 400, Recommended Practice for Installing and Maintaining Switchboards
5. NEMA –National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association a. AB 1; Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches b. KS; Fused and Non-fused Switches
c. PB 2; Deadfront Distribution Switchboards, File E8681 d. PB 2.1; Proper Handling, Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Deadfront Switchboards Rated 600 Volts or Less
e. PB 2.2; Application Guide for Ground Fault Protective Devices for Equipment
6. UL -Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
a. UL 50; Cabinets and Boxes
b. UL 98; Enclosed and Dead Front Switches
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
SWITCHBOARDS 212 262413
c. UL 489; Molded Case Circuit Breakers
d. UL 891; Dead-Front Switchboards
e. UL 943; Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters
f. UL 977; Fused Power Circuit Devices
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer’s data for materials specified within this Section in accordance to Section 16050.
B. Shop Drawings shall indicate front and side enclosure elevations with overall dimensions shown; conduit entrance locations and requirements; nameplate legends; one-line diagrams; equipment schedule; and switchboard instrument details.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All materials, equipment and parts comprising the materials specified herein shall be new and unused, bearing UL labels where applicable.
B. The manufacturing facility shall be registered by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. to the International Organization for Standardization ISO 9002 Series Standards for quality.
C. Installation shall conform to NECA 400-1998, Recommended Practice for Installing and Maintaining Switchboards unless otherwise specified.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products in conformance with manufacturer’s recommended practices as outlined in applicable Installation and Maintenance Manuals.
B. Each switchboard section shall be delivered in individual shipping splits for ease of handling. They shall be individually wrapped for protection and mounted on shipping skids.
C. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory protection and/or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect structure from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. Where applicable, provide adequate heating within enclosures to prevent condensation.
D. Handle in accordance with NEMA PB 2.1 and manufacturer’s written instructions. Lift only by lifting means provided for this express purpose. Handle care fully to avoid damage to switchboard internal components, enclosure, and finish.
PART 2 -– PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Square D, Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, or approved equal.
2.2 MATERIAL
A. General
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
SWITCHBOARDS 213 262413
1. Utility Metering Compartment: The utility current transformer compartment shall be connected for hot sequence metering. The compartment shall comply with EUSERC and/or the local utility company specifications.
2. Switchboards shall be rated with a minimum short circuit current rating at listed voltage as shown on Drawings.
3. All unused spaces provided, unless otherwise specified, shall be fully bussed and equipped for future devices, including all appropriate connectors and mounting hardware.
4. Enclosure shall be of NEMA type shown on Drawings.
5. Sections shall be aligned front and rear.
6. The switchboard(s) shall be of deadfront construction.
7. The switchboard frame shall be of formed steel rigidly bolted together to support all cover plates, bussing and component devices during shipment and installation.
8. Each switchboard section shall have an open bottom and an individually removable top plate for installation and termination of conduit.
9. The switchboard enclosure shall be painted on all exterior surfaces. The paint finish shall be a medium gray, ANSI #49, applied by the electro-deposition process over an iron phosphate pre- treatment.
10. All front covers shall be screw removable with a single tool and all doors shall be hinged with removable hinge pins.
11. Top and bottom conduit areas shall be clearly indicated on shop drawings.
12. Provide 1” high by 3” wide engraved laminated nameplates for each device. Furnish black letters on a white background for all voltages.
13. Bus composition shall be plated copper. Plating shall be applied continuously to all bus work. The switchboard bussing shall be of sufficient cross-sectional area to meet UL 891 temperature rise requirements. The phase and neutral through-bus shall have an ampacity as shown in the plans. For 4-wire systems, the neutral shall be of equivalent ampacity as the phase bus bar. Tapered bus is not acceptable. Full provisions for the addition of future sections shall be provided. Bussing shall include all necessary hardware to accommodate splicing for future additions.
14. Bus connections shall be bolted with Grade 5 bolts and conical spring washers.
15. Ground Bus shall be sized per CEC/NEC and UL 891 Tables 25.1 and 25.2 and shall extend the entire length of the switchboard. Provisions for the addition of future sections shall be provided.
16. Square-D I-Line or equivalent distribution bussing with the following characteristics where so noted on Drawings.
a. Circuit breaker(s) shall be group mounted plug-on with mechanical restraint on a common pan or rail assembly, facilitating ease of installation of future devices. b. The interior shall have three bus bars stacked and aligned vertically with glass reinforced polyester insulators laminated between phases. The molded polyester insulators shall support and provide phase isolation to the entire length of bus., providing side-by-side mounting of breakers.
c. Circuit breaker(s) equipped with line terminal jaws shall not require additional external mounting hardware. Circuit breaker(s) shall be held in mounted position by a self-contained bracket secured to the mounting pan by fasteners. Circuit breaker(s) of different frame sizes shall be capable of being mounted across from each other.
d. Line-side circuit breaker connections are to be jaw type, whereby clamping forces are increased under faulted conditions.
e. All unused spaces provided, unless otherwise specified, shall be fully equipped for future devices, including all appropriate connectors and mounting hardware.
B. Incoming main devices shall of type and accessories as shown on Drawings.
1. Circuit Breakers
a. Circuit breaker shall be of type, rating and poles shown on Drawings per Section 16490 – Overcurrent Protection Devices.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
SWITCHBOARDS 214 262413
2. Fusible Switches
a. Single main group mounted through 800 A.
b. Fusible main switch shall be group mounted plug-on with mechanical restraint. No additional hardware shall be required to mount the fusible switch into the switchboard. c. Switch shall have dual cover interlocks designed to prevent the opening of the cover when the switch is ON. The cover interlock shall prevent th e switch from being turned ON with the cover open. Interlock may be manually overridden for testing purposes. Switch cover shall include a means by which the cover can be padlocked in the closed position. The operating handle shall feature positive lock-off means by providing provisions for (3) 0.375” padlocks. d. Load side fusible switch connections shall be jaw type.
3. Incoming Lug Only (Distribution only, non-service entrance) a. Incoming conductors shall terminate at lug landing pads rated per Drawings. b. All lugs shall be UL Listed to accept solid and/or stranded copper conductors only. Lugs shall be suitable for 90° C rated wire, sized according to the 75° C temperature rating in the NEC. c. Provide compression type lugs to accommodate the conductor shown on the associated drawings.
C. Distribution section devices shall be of type and accessories as shown on Drawings.
1. Group mounted or individually mounted as shown on Drawings.
2. All circuit breakers shall be installed in a twin mount configuration where allowed by the manufacturer with prepared space unless otherwise noted.
3. All distribution circuit breakers shall be thermal-magnetic molded case, unless otherwise noted on Drawings.
4. Circuit breaker shall be of type, rating and poles shown on Drawings per Section 16490 – Overcurrent Protection Devices.
PART 3 -– EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine switchboard to provide adequate clearances for installation.
B. Check that concrete pads are level and free of irregularities.
C. Begin work only after unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install switchboard in location shown on Drawings, in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and NEMA PB 2.1. Anchor to resist seismic forces as inidicated on Drawings and in accordance with OSHPD’s anchorage requirements. Provide all testing and inspections requirements by inspecting authority.
B. Installation shall conform to NECA 400 where not specified under this Division.
C. Tighten accessible bus connection and mechanical fasteners after placing switchboard.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Obtain the services of an independent testing company who shall provide quality control and adjustments as well as tests.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
SWITCHBOARDS 215 262413
B. Inspect complete installation for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage and grounding prior to energizing.
C. Measure the insulation resistance of each bus section phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground for one minute each at 1000Vdc; acceptable insulation resistance is 1 megaohms. Also, refer to manufacturer’s specifications for specific testing procedures and values.
D. Check tightness of accessible bolted bus joints using a calibrated torque wrench per manufacturer’s specifications.
E. Physically test key interlock systems to check for proper functionality.
F. Test ground fault systems by push-to-test button.
G. Check and set where required all protective device settings in accordance with approved coordination study settings and conduct ground fault acceptance tests.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement per manufacturer’s specifications.
B. Tighten bolted bus connections in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
C. Adjust circuit breaker trip and time delay settings to values indicated by City.
D. Main circuit breaker ground fault setting shall be per CEC/NEC 230-95(a).
3.5 CLEANING
A. Touch up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish.
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
216 PANELBOARDS 40320
SECTION 262416 – PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes
1. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation required for the items specified under this Section, including but not limited to panelboards.
B. Related sections
1. Where items specified in other Division 26 sections conflict with the requirements of this Section, the most stringent requirement shall govern.
a. 26 05 26 – Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems b. 26 28 11 – Overcurrent Protection Devices
2. The requirements of this Section apply to all Division 26 work, as applicable.
3. Consult all other sections, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete installation.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Comply with the latest edition of the followi ng applicable specifications and standards except as otherwise shown or specified:
1. CCR –California Code of Regulations, Title 24
a. Part 3 -California Electrical Code(CEC); NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) with California amendments
2. Federal Specification
a. W-C-375; Circuit Breakers, Molded Case, Branch Circuit and Service
3. NECA –National Electrical Contractors Association
a. 407, Recommended Practice for Installing and Maintaining Panelboards
4. NEMA –National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association a. AB 1; Molded Case Circuit Breakers
b. PB 1; Panelboards
c. PB 1.1; Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less
5. UL -Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
a. 50; Cabinets and Boxes
b. 67; Panelboards
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
217 PANELBOARDS 40320
c. 98; Enclosed and Dead Front Switches
d. 489; Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures e. 891; Dead-Front Switchboards
f. 943; Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters
g. 977; Fused Power Circuit Devices50; Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer’s data for materials specified within this Section in accordance to Section 26 05 00.
B. Submittal shall show the following information: circuit breaker numbering, circuit breaker type and short circuit rating, provisions for fu ture circuit breakers, bussing, including neutral and ground, ratings and enclosure dimensions and trims.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All materials, equipment and parts comprising the materials specified herein shall be new and unused, bearing UL labels where applicable.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Handle carefully to avoid damage to internal components, enclosure and finish.
B. Store in a clean, dry environment. Maintain fa ctory packaging and, if required, provide an additional cover to protect enclosure in harsh environments.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Square D, Cutler-Hammer or approved equal.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Panelboards
1. Interior
a. Shall be factory-assembled with voltage, ampacity, and short circuit rating as shown in Drawings.
b. Provide 1 continuous copper bus bar per phase. Each bus bar shall have sequentially phase branch circuit connectors suitable for plug-on or bolt-on branch circuit breakers. The bussing shall be fully rated. Panelboard bus curr ent rating shall be determined by heat-rise tests conducted in accordance with UL 67. Panelboards shall be suitable for use as Service Equipment when application requirements comply with UL 67 and CEC/NEC 230.F and 230.G.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
218 PANELBOARDS 40320
c. All current-carrying parts shall be insulated from ground and phase-to-phase by high dielectric strength material.
d. Interior trim shall be of dead-front construc tion to shield user from energized parts.
Dead-front trims shall have pre-formed twist-out covering unused mounting spaces. e. Nameplates shall contain system informat ion and catalog number or factory order number. Interior wiring diagram, neutral wiring diagram, UL Listed label and short circuit current rating shall be displayed on the interior. f. Main and sub-feed circuit breakers shall be vertical mounted. Interior leveling provisions shall be provided for flush mounted applications.
2. Main Circuit Breaker
a. Circuit breaker shall be of type, rating and poles shown on Drawings per Section 26 28 11 – Overcurrent Protection Devices.
3. Branch Circuit Breakers
a. Circuit breakers shall be of type, rating and poles shown on Drawings per Section 26 28 11 – Overcurrent Protection Devices.
4. Enclosures
a. Type NEMA 1 Boxes
1) Boxes shall be galvanized steel constructed in accordance with UL 50 requirements. Galvanealed steel will not be acceptable. 2) Boxes shall have removable endwalls with knockouts located on one end. Boxes shall have welded interior mounting studs. Interior mounting brackets are not required.
3) Box width shall be 20 in wide.
b. Type NEMA 1 Fronts
1) Front shall meet strength and rigidity requirements per UL 50 standards. Front shall have ANSI 49 gray enamel electr odeposited over cleaned phosphatized steel.
2) Fronts shall be hinged 1-piece with door. Mounting shall be as indicated in Drawings.
3) Panelboards rated 225 amperes and below sh all flat fronts with concealed door hinges and trim screws. Front shall not be removable with the door locked.
Panelboards rated above 225 amperes shall have fronts with trim clamps and concealed door hinges. Front doors sha ll have rounded corners and edges shall be free of burrs.
4) Front shall have cylindrical tumbler type lock with catch and spring-loaded stainless steel door pull. All lock assemb lies shall be keyed alike. Two (2) keys shall be provided with each lock. A clea r plastic directory cardholder shall be mounted on the inside of door.
c. Type NEMA 3R, 5, and 12
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
219 PANELBOARDS 40320
1) Enclosures shall be constructed in accordance with UL 50 requirements.
Enclosures shall be painted with ANSI 49 gray enamel electrodeposited over cleaned phosphatized steel.
2) All doors shall be gasketed and equipped with a tumbler type vault lock. All lock assemblies shall be keyed alike. 2 keys shall be provided with each lock. A clear plastic directory cardholder shall be mounted on the inside of door. 3) Maximum enclosure dimensions shall not exceed 20 in wide and 6.5 in deep.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and NEMA PB 1.1.
B. Installation shall conform to NECA 407 where not specified under this Division.
C. Anchor panelboards to structural members and as shown on Drawings. Provide additional support as required. Anchor freestanding distribution panels to concrete pad.
D. Mount panelboards level and plumb.
E. Install flush mounted panel backbox front edges flush with finished wall. Where flush panel backbox is deeper than wall depth, install closing trim of wood or metal to provide a finished trim.
F. Where panelboard is flush in wall, provide one ¾” conduit stub into accessible ceiling above for every 5 spare circuit breaker or available space.
G. After installation, make all feeder connections to circuit breaker load side lugs and incoming secondary feeders.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect complete installation prior to energizing for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage and grounding.
B. Check tightness of bolted connections and ci rcuit breaker connections using a calibrated torque wrench or torque screwdriver per manufacturer’s written specifications.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Measure steady state load line currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange panelboard circuits to balance the phase loads with 20% of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi- wire branch circuits.
3.04 SCHEDULES
A. Fill out panelboard circuit identification card , typewritten, with list of circuits in use.
Identification shall be specific with room designation and other information as necessary. For distribution panels, use engraved laminated phenolic plates showing load served.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
220 PANELBOARDS 40320
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
DEVICES
221 262811
SECTION 262811 – OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes
1. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation required for the items specified under this Section, including but not limited to overcurrent protection devices.
B. Related sections
1. Where items specified in other Division 26 sections conflict with the requirements of this Section, the most stringent requirement shall govern.
2. The requirements of this Section apply to all Division 26 work, as applicable.
3. Consult all other sections, determine the extent and character of related work and properly coordinate work specified herein with that specified elsewhere to produce a complete installation.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Comply with the latest edition of the following applicable specifications and standards except as otherwise shown or specified:
1. CCR –California Code of Regulations, Title 24
a. Part 3 -California Electrical Code(CEC); NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) with California amendments
2. Federal Specification
a. W-C-375; Circuit Breakers, Molded Case, Branch Circuit And Service
3. NEMA –National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association a. AB 1; Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded Case Switches, and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures b. PB 2.2; Application Guide for Ground Fault Protective Devices for Equipment
4. UL -Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
a. 248; Low Voltage Fuses
b. 468; Wire Connectors
c. 508E; IEC Type "2" Coordination Short Circuit Tests
d. 489; Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures e. 943; Standard for Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupters
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer’s data for materials specified within this Section in accordance to Section 260500.
B. Production test of circuit breakers upon request of City.
C. Submittal shall show the following information: circuit breaker numbering, circuit breaker type and short circuit rating, provisions for future circuit breakers, bussing, including neutral and ground, ratings and enclosure dimensions and trims.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
DEVICES
222 262811
A. All materials, equipment and parts comprising the materials specified herein shall be new and unused, bearing UL labels where applicable.
B. The manufacturing facility shall be registered by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. to the International Organization for Standardization ISO 9002 Series Standards for quality.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Handle carefully to avoid damage to internal components, enclosure and finish.
B. Store in a clean, dry environment. Maintain factory packaging and, if required, provide an additional cover to protect enclosure in harsh environments.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 FUSES
A. All power distribution fuses shall be time-delay, high interrupting (200kAIC minimum) and current limiting type, unless otherwise indicated. All fuses sh all be of same manufacturer and model.
1. Motor branch circuit fuses (0 – 600A): UL Class RK5 dual element, time delay type shall be size for UL 508E “Type 2” coordination for the motor controller. Coordinate fuse selection with motor starter overload relay heaters as required.
2. General purpose feeder fuses (0 – 600A): UL Class RK1 dual element, time delay type shall be size per Drawings.
B. Control and instrumentation fuses shall of type and rating as recommended by equipment manufacturer, suitable for fuse blocks or holders installation.
2.02 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. General
1. Circuit breakers shall be constructed using glass reinforced insulating material. Current carrying components shall be completely isolated from the handle and the accessory mounting area.
2. Circuit breakers shall have an over center, trip free, toggle operating mechanism which will provide quick-make, quick-break contact action. The circuit breaker shall have common tripping of all poles.
3. The circuit breaker handle shall reside in a tripped position between ON and OFF to provide local trip indication.
4. The maximum ampere rating and UL, IEC, or other certification standards with applicable voltage systems and corresponding interrupting ratings shall be clearly marked on face of circuit breaker after installation.
5. Circuit breakers shall have an RMS interrupting capacity not less than shown on Drawings, or if not shown shall not be less than:
a. 25kA for 480V systems
b. 22kA for 240V (or less) systems
6. Each circuit breaker shall be equipped with a push-to-trip button, located on the face of the circuit breaker to mechanically operate the circuit breaker tripping mechanism for maintenance and testing purposes.
7. Circuit breakers shall be equipped with UL Listed electrical accessories as noted on Drawing. Circuit breaker handle accessories shall provide provisions for locking handle in the ON and OFF position.
8. All circuit breakers shall be UL Listed for reverse connection without restrictive line and load markings and be suitable for mounting in any position.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
DEVICES
223 262811
9. Circuit breakers shall be constructed with factory installed mechanical lugs. All circuit breakers shall be UL Listed to accept field installable/removable mechanical type lugs. Lug body shall be bolted in place; snap in design not acceptable. All lugs shall be UL Listed to accept solid (not larger than #8 AWG) and/or stranded copper and aluminum conductors. Lugs shall be suitable for 90°C rated wire, sized according to the 75°C temperature rating in the CEC.
10. All circuit breakers shall be capable of accepting bus connections.
B. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
1. Circuit breakers shall have a permanent trip unit containing individual thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole.
2. Thermal trip elements shall be factory preset and sealed. Circuit breakers shall be true RMS sensing and thermally responsive to protect circuit conductor(s) in a 40°C ambient temperature.
3. Circuit breaker frame sizes above 100 amperes shall have a single magnetic trip adjustment located on the front of the circuit breaker.
4. Provide equipment ground fault protection where shown on Drawing with the following features. a. Ground fault sensing system shall be modified zero sequence sensing type and not require any external power to trip the circuit breaker.
b. The ground fault sensing system shall be suitable for use on grounded systems. The ground fault sensing system shall be suitable for use on three-phase, three-wire circuits where the system neutral is grounded but not carried through the system or on three-phase, four-wire systems. c. Ground fault pickup current setting and time delay shall be field adjustable. A switch shall be provided for setting ground fault pickup point. A means to seal the pickup and delay adjustments shall be provided.
d. The ground fault sensing system shall include a ground fault memory circuit to sum the time increments of intermittent arcing ground faults above the pickup point. e. A means of testing the ground fault system to meet the on-site testing requirements of CEC/NEC 230-95(c) shall be provided.
f. Local visual ground fault trip indication shall be provided. g. The ground fault sensing system shall be provided with Zone Selective Interlocking (ZSI) communication capabilities compatible with other thermal magnetic circuit breakers equipped with ground fault sensing, electronic trip circuit breakers with integral ground fault sensing and external ground fault sensing systems as noted on Drawings.
C. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers
1. Circuit breaker trip system shall be a microprocessor-based true RMS sensing design with sensing accuracy through the thirteenth (13th) harmonic. Sensor ampere ratings shall be as indicated on Drawings.
2. The integral trip system shall be independent of any external power source and shall contain no less than industrial grade electronic components.
3. The ampere rating of the circuit breaker shall be determined by the combination of an interchangeable rating plug, the sensor size and the long-time pickup adjustment on the circuit breaker. The sensor size, rating plug and adjustment positions shall be clearly marked on the face of the circuit breaker. Circuit breakers shall be UL Listed to carry 80% (or 100% where noted on Drawings) of their ampere rating continuously.
4. The following time/current response adjustments shall be provided. Each adjustment shall have discrete settings and shall be independent of all other adjustments. a. Instantaneous Pickup
b. Long Time Pickup
c. Long Time Delay
d. Short Time Pickup
e. Short Time Delay
f. Ground Fault Pickup (when specified with ground fault protection) g. Ground Fault Delay (when specified with ground fault protection) COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
DEVICES
224 262811
5. A means to seal the trip unit adjustments in accordance with CEC/NEC 240-6(b) shall be provided.
6. Local visual trip indication for overload, short circuit and ground fault trip occurrences shall be provided.
7. An ammeter to individually display all phase currents flowing through the circuit breaker shall be provided. All current values shall be displayed in true RMS with 2% accuracy.
8. Long Time Pickup indication to signal when loading approaches or exceeds the adjusted ampere rating of the circuit breaker shall be provided.
9. The trip system shall include a Long Time memory circuit to sum the time increments of intermittent overcurrent conditions above the pickup point. Means shall be provided to reset Long Time memory circuit during primary injection testing.
10. An ammeter to individually display all phase currents flowing through the circuit breaker shall be provided. Indication of inherent ground fault current flowing in the system shall be provided on circuit breakers with integral ground fault protection. All current values shall be displayed in true RMS with 2% accuracy.
11. Circuit breakers shall be equipped with back-up thermal and magnetic trip system.
12. Equipment Ground Fault Protection shall be provided where noted on Drawings. a. Circuit breakers shall be provided with integral equipment ground fault protection for grounded systems. The circuit breaker shall be suitable for use on three-phase, three-wire circuits where the system neutral is grounded but not carried through the system or on three-phase, four-wire systems.
b. A separate neutral current transformer shall be provided for three-phase, four-wire systems. c. Ground fault sensing system shall be residual sensing type. d. The trip system shall include a ground fault memory circuit to sum the time increments of intermittent ground faults above the pickup point.
e. A means of testing the ground fault system to meet the on-site testing requirements of CEC/NEC 230-95(c) shall be provided.
f. Local visual trip indication for a ground fault trip occurrence shall be provided. g. The ground fault sensing system shall be provided with Zone Selective Interlocking (ZSI) communication capabilities compatible with other thermal magnetic circuit breakers equipped with ground fault sensing, electronic trip circuit breakers with integral ground fault sensing and external ground fault sensing systems as noted on Drawings.
13. Circuit breaker trip system shall be equipped with an externally accessible test port. Disassembly of the circuit breaker shall not be required for testing. Test set shall be capable of verifying the operation of all trip functions with or without tripping the circuit breaker.
2.03 INSULATED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Circuit breaker trip system shall be a microprocessor-based true RMS sensing design with sensing accuracy through the thirteenth (13th) harmonic. Sensor ampere ratings shall be as indicated on Drawings.
B. The integral trip system shall be independent of any external power source and shall contain no less than industrial grade electronic components.
C. Circuit breakers shall be equipped with back-up thermal and magnetic trip system.
D. Circuit breakers shall have an RMS interrupting capacity not less than shown on Drawings, or if not shown shall not be less than:
1. 100kA for all frame sizes at 208V
2. 65kA for all 800A - 2,000A frames at 480V
3. 100kA for all 3,000A - 4,000A frames at 480V
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
DEVICES
225 262811
E. The ampere rating of the circuit breaker shall be determined by the combination of an interchangeable rating plug, the sensor size and the long-time pickup adjustment on the circuit breaker. The sensor size, rating plug and switch adjustments shall be clearly marked on the face of the circuit breaker. Circuit breakers shall be UL Listed to carry 100% of their ampere rating continuously.
F. The following time/current response adjustments shall be provided. Each adjustment shall have discrete settings and shall be independent from all other adjustments. a. Instantaneous Pickup
b. Long Time Pickup
c. Long Time Delay
d. Short Time Pickup
e. Short Time Delay
f. Ground Fault Pickup (when specified with ground fault protection) g. Ground Fault Delay (when specified with ground fault protection)
G. Circuit breakers with adjustable short-time function shall be provided with defeatable instantaneous adjustment and 30 cycle short-time withstand ratings. Short-time withstand ratings shall be specified in RMS symmetrical amperes, as shown on the [drawings] [schedules].
H. A means to seal the rating plug and trip unit adjustments in accordance with CEC/NEC 240-6(b) shall be provided.
I. Local visual trip indication for overload, short circuit and ground fault trip occurrences shall be provided.
J. An ammeter to individually display all phase currents flowing through the circuit breaker shall be provided. [Indication of inherent ground fault current flowing in the system shall be provided on circuit breakers with integral ground fault protection]. All current values shall be displayed in True RMS with 2% accuracy.
K. Long Time Pickup indication to signal when loading approaches or exceeds the adjusted ampere rating of the circuit breaker shall be provided.
L. The trip system shall include a Long Time memory circuit to protect against intermittent overcurrent conditions above the long time pickup point. Means shall be provided to reset Long Time memory circuit during primary injection testing.
M. True two-step stored energy mechanism with five (5) cycle closing time shall be provided. All circuit breakers shall have multiple CHARGE/CLOSE provisions allowing the following sequence: CHARGE, CLOSE,
RECHARGE, OPEN/CLOSE/OPEN
N. Local control pushbuttons to OPEN and CLOSE circuit breaker shall be provided. Color coded visual indication of contact position (OPEN or CLOSED) shall be provided on the face of the circuit breaker. Local manual charging following CLOSE operation shall be provided. Color coded visual indication of mechanism CHARGED and DISCHARGED position shall be provided on the face of the circuit breaker. Visual indicator shall indicate CHARGED only when closing springs are completely charged.
O. Each circuit breaker shall be electrically operated to permit remote CHARGE, CLOSE, and OPEN capabilities. Electrically operated circuit breaker shall be equipped with charge contact switch for remote indication of mechanism charge status.
P. An ammeter to individually display all phase currents flowing through the circuit breaker shall be provided. [Indication of inherent ground fault current flowing in the system shall be provided on circuit breakers with integral ground fault protection]. All current values shall be displayed in True RMS with 2% accuracy.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
DEVICES
226 262811
Q. All circuit breakers shall be equipped with electrical accessories as noted on Drawings.
R. Provide the following interlocking capabilities:
1. key interlock for main-tie-main
2. lock off
S. Circuit breaker trip system shall be equipped with an externally accessible test port. Disassembly of the circuit breaker shall not be required for testing. Test set shall be capable of verifying the operation of all trip functions with or without tripping the circuit breaker.
T. Equipment Ground Fault Protection shall be provided where noted on Drawings.
1. Circuit breakers shall be provided with integral equipment ground fault protection for grounded systems. The circuit breaker shall be suitable for use on three-phase, three-wire circuits where the system neutral is grounded but not carried through the system or on three-phase, four-wire systems.
2. A separate neutral current transformer shall be provided for three-phase, four-wire systems.
3. Ground fault sensing system shall be residual sensing type.
4. The trip system shall include a ground fault memory circuit to sum the time increments of intermittent ground faults above the pickup point.
5. A means of testing the ground fault system to meet the on-site testing requirements of CEC/NEC 230- 95(c) shall be provided.
6. Local visual trip indication for a ground fault trip occurrence shall be provided.
7. The ground fault sensing system shall be provided with Zone Selective Interlocking (ZSI) communication capabilities compatible with other thermal magnetic circuit breakers equipped with ground fault sensing, electronic trip circuit breakers with integral ground fault sensing and external ground fault sensing systems as noted on Drawings.
2.04 DRAWOUT INSULATED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Main circuit breaker shall meet the same requirements of insulated case circuit breakers and be individually draw out mounted where shown on Drawings.
B. Sturdy draw out rails shall be permanently attached to the sides of the breaker compartment and retract into the compartment when not in use.
C. When fully withdrawn, the circuit breaker shall permit access for inspection and testing. Circuit breaker(s) shall also be removable from the rails completely.
D. When the circuit breaker is in the Connected, Test, or Disconnected positions, or when the circuit breaker is removed from the compartment, the compartment door shall be able to be fully closed and secured.
E. A removable crank shall be supplied for racking the circuit breaker between the Connected, Test, or Disconnected positions.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Notify City no later than 10 working days for adjustable circuit breaker settings not shown within Drawings. Submit to City the following information:
1. Panel, switchboard name/ID
2. Circuit breaker identifier (i.e., main circuit breaker, load served, etc.) COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
DEVICES
227 262811
3. List of necessary settings (i.e., trip settings, time delays, etc.)
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install equipment and their accessories in to manufacturer’s instructions, pertinent Codes, and with recognized industry practices to insure device operates properly.
B. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals in accordance to manufacturer’s requirements. Where the manufacturer does not have published torque tightening values, comply with the requirements of UL 468.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Check tightness of circuit breaker connections using a calibrated torque wrench or torque screwdriver per manufacturer’s written specifications.
B. Obtain the services of an independent testing company who shall provide quality control and adjustments as well as tests for
1. Check each circuit breaker above 100A on a 225A frame for long-time and short-time delay pickup and instantaneous pickup.
a. Instantaneous pickup current shall be determined by 4 cycles or less. b. Perform timing test with 300% of breaker trip unit rated current. c. Adjust unit if required, so that the tripping characteristics are within the limits of the published time-current characteristic curves for that particular trip unit.
2. Test and calibrate ground fault protection trip and pickup time on 225A frame breakers and larger.
C. Physically test key interlock systems to check for proper functionality.
D. Check and set where required all protective device settings in accordance with approved coordination study settings and conduct ground fault acceptance tests.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust all operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement per manufacturer’s specifications.
B. Adjust circuit breaker trip and time delay settings to values indicated as instructed by City.
1. Check each circuit breaker above 100A, long-time and short-time delay pickup and instantaneous pickup. Instantaneous pickup current shall be determined by 4 cycles or less. Perform timing test with 300% of breaker trip unit rated current. Ad just unit if required, so that the tripping characteristics are within the limits of the published time-current characteristic curves for that particular trip unit.
2. Main circuit breaker ground fault setting shall be per CEC/NEC 230-95(a) or as directed by City.
3.05 PROTECTION
A. When directed by City provide physical means to “permanently fix” settings for rotary and DIP type switches with a thin coat of clear lacquer.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Remove marks, dirt and debris from installed equipment surfaces for “new like” appearance.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
DEVICES
228 262811
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 229 265600
SECTION 265600 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Exterior Lighting
2. Timeclock
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. CCT: Correlated color temperature.
B. CRI: Color-rendering index.
C. LER: Luminaire efficacy rating.
D. Luminaire: Complete lighting fixture, including ballast housing if provided.
E. Pole: Luminaire support structure, including tower used for large area illumination.
F. Standard: Same definition as "Pole" above.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by manufacturers' laboratories that are accredited under the National Volunteer Labo ratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products.
B. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.
C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
D. Comply with IEEE C2, "National Electrical Safety Code."
E. Comply with NFPA 70.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 230 265600
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EXTERIOR LIGHTING
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide from the following company:
1. Manufacturer: As indicated on Drawings or approved equal.
2. Model: As indicated on Drawings or approved equal.
2.2 TIMECLOCK (AS APPLICABLE)
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide from the following company:
1. Manufacturer: Intermatic or approved equal.
2. Model: ET8415CR (R=NEMA 34, ELSE NEMA I)
2.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LUMINAIRES
A. Luminaires shall comply with UL 1598 and be listed and labeled for installation in wet locations by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. LER Tests Incandescent Fixtures: Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5A.
B. Lateral Light Distribution Patterns: Comply with IESNA RP-8 for parameters of lateral light distribution patterns indicated for luminaires.
C. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges.
D. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion-resistant alumin um unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging.
E. Housings: Rigidly formed, weather- and light-tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or deform in use.
Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaires.
F. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit re-lamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during re-lamping and when secured in operating position. Doors shall be removable for cleaning or replacing lenses. Designed to disconnect ballast when door opens.
G. Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel.
H. Plastic Parts: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation.
I. Light Shields: Metal baffles, factory installed and field adjustable, arranged to block light distribution to indicated portion of normally illuminated area or field.
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 231 265600
J. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows unless otherwise indicated:
1. White Surfaces: 85 percent.
2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.
3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.
K. Lenses and Refractors Gaskets: Use heat- and aging-resistant resilient gaskets to seal and cushion lenses and refractors in luminaire doors.
L. Luminaire Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested luminaire before shipping. Where indicated, match finish process and color of pole or support materials.
M. Factory-Applied Labels: Comply with UL 1598. Incl ude recommended lamps and ballasts. Labels shall be located where they will be readily visible to service personnel, but not seen from normal viewing angles when lamps are in place.
1. Label shall include the following lamp and ballast characteristics:
a. "USES ONLY" and include specific lamp type.
b. CCT and CRI for all luminaires.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CORROSION PREVENTION
A. Aluminum: Do not use in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with a dissimilar metal, protect aluminum by insulating fittings or treatment.
B. Steel Conduits: Comply with Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." In concrete foundations, wrap conduit with 0.010-inch- thick, pipe-wrapping plastic tape applied with a 50 percent overlap.
3.2 GROUNDING
A. Ground metal poles and support structures according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."
1. Do not install grounding electrode for each pole.
2. Install grounding conductor pigtail in the base for connecting luminaire to grounding system.
B. Ground nonmetallic poles and support structures according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."
1. Do not install grounding electrode for each pole.
2. Install grounding conductor and conductor protector.
3. Ground metallic components of pole accessories and foundations.
END OF SECTION
COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
232 SITE CLEARING 311000
SECTION 311000 - SITE CLEARING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Co ntract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Protecting existing vegetation to remain.
2. Removing existing vegetation.
3. Clearing and grubbing.
4. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil.
5. Stripping and stockpiling rock.
6. Removing above- and below-grade site improvements.
7. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and removing site utilities and abandoning site utilities in place.
8. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Co ntrols" for temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Subsoil: Soil beneath the level of subgrade; soil beneath the topsoil layers of a naturally occurring soil profile, typified by less than 1 percent organic matter and few soil organisms.
B. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile. In undisturbed areas, surface soil is typically called "topsoil," but in disturbed areas such as urban environments, the surface soil can be subsoil.
C. Topsoil: Top layer of the soil profile consisting of existing native surface topsoil or existing in- place surface soil; the zone where plant roots grow.
D. Topsoil: Top layer of the soil profile consisting of existing native surface topsoil or existing in- place surface soil; the zone where plant roots grow. Its appearance is generally friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil; COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
233 SITE CLEARING 311000
reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel , and other objects larger than 2 inches in diameter; and free of weeds, roots, toxic materials, or other nonsoil materials.
E. Plant-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other vegetation to be protected during construction and indicated on Drawings.
F. Tree-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during construction and indicated on Drawings and as indicated according to requirements in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection.".
G. Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.5 MATERIAL CITYSHIP
A. Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or otherwise remain City's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings, adjoining construction, and site improvements that establishes preconstruct ion conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing.
1. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or video recordings.
2. Include plans and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions of each tree or other plant designated to remain.
B. Topsoil stripping and stockpiling program.
C. Rock stockpiling program.
D. Record Drawings: Identifying and accurately sh owing locations of capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, and mechanical conditions.
E. Burning: Documentation of compliance with burning requirements and permitting of authorities having jurisdiction. Identify location(s) and conditions under which burning will be performed.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Topsoil Stripping and Stockpili ng Program: Prepare a written program to systematically demonstrate the ability of personnel to properly follow procedures and handle materials and COMMUNITY PARK-42
CITY OF MERCED
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
234 SITE CLEARING 311000
equipment during the Work. Include dimensioned diagrams for placement and protection of stockpiles.
B. Rock Stockpiling Program: Prepare a written prog ram to systematically demonstrate the ability of personnel to properly follow procedures and handle materials and equipment during the Work. Include dimensioned diagrams for placement and protection of stockpiles.
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoinin g roads, streets, walk s, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during site-clearing operations.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from City and authorities having jurisdiction.